|
abs(3) -- integer absolute value function
|
The abs() function computes the absolute value of the integer j. |
acos(3) -- arc cosine functions
|
The acos() function computes the principal value of the arc cosine of x in the range [0, pi]. The acosf() is a single precision version of acos(). |
acosf(3) -- arc cosine functions
|
The acos() function computes the principal value of the arc cosine of x in the range [0, pi]. The acosf() is a single precision version of acos(). |
acosh(3) -- inverse hyperbolic cosine functions
|
The acosh() function computes the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the real argument x. The acoshf() function is a single precision version of acosh(). |
acoshf(3) -- inverse hyperbolic cosine functions
|
The acosh() function computes the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the real argument x. The acoshf() function is a single precision version of acosh(). |
acss(3) -- ACSS encryption
|
This library implements the Alleged Content Scrambling System. It is believed to be interoperable with CSS of the DVD Copy Control Association. ACSS is a stream cipher with a fixed key length of 40 bi... |
acss_setkey(3) -- ACSS encryption
|
This library implements the Alleged Content Scrambling System. It is believed to be interoperable with CSS of the DVD Copy Control Association. ACSS is a stream cipher with a fixed key length of 40 bi... |
addch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
|
The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad... |
addchnstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
|
These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ... |
addchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
|
These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ... |
addnstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
|
These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a... |
addr(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
addstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
|
These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a... |
adler32(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
alarm(3) -- set signal timer alarm
|
This interface is made obsolete by setitimer(2). The alarm() function waits a count of seconds before asserting the terminating signal SIGALRM. When the signal has successfully been caught, alarm() re... |
alloca(3) -- memory allocator
|
The alloca() function allocates size bytes of space in the stack frame of the caller. This temporary space is automatically freed on return. |
alphasort(3) -- scan a directory
|
The scandir() function reads the directory dirname and builds an array of pointers to directory entries using malloc(3). It returns the number of entries in the array. A pointer to the array of direct... |
arc4random(3) -- arc4 random number generator
|
The arc4random() function provides a high quality 32-bit pseudo-random number very quickly. arc4random() seeds itself on a regular basis from the kernel strong random number subsystem described in ran... |
arc4random_addrandom(3) -- arc4 random number generator
|
The arc4random() function provides a high quality 32-bit pseudo-random number very quickly. arc4random() seeds itself on a regular basis from the kernel strong random number subsystem described in ran... |
arc4random_stir(3) -- arc4 random number generator
|
The arc4random() function provides a high quality 32-bit pseudo-random number very quickly. arc4random() seeds itself on a regular basis from the kernel strong random number subsystem described in ran... |
asctime(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
The ctime() function converts a time_t, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:2... |
asctime_r(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
The ctime() function converts a time_t, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:2... |
asin(3) -- arc sine functions
|
The asin() function computes the principal value of the arc sine of x in the range [-pi/2, +pi/2]. The asinf() function is a single precision version of asin(). |
asinf(3) -- arc sine functions
|
The asin() function computes the principal value of the arc sine of x in the range [-pi/2, +pi/2]. The asinf() function is a single precision version of asin(). |
asinh(3) -- inverse hyperbolic sine functions
|
The asinh() function computes the inverse hyperbolic sine of the real argument. The asinhf() function is a single precision version of asinh(). |
asinhf(3) -- inverse hyperbolic sine functions
|
The asinh() function computes the inverse hyperbolic sine of the real argument. The asinhf() function is a single precision version of asinh(). |
asprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
The printf() family of functions produce output according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, depend o... |
assert(3) -- expression verification macro
|
The assert() macro tests the given expression and if it is false, the calling process is terminated. A diagnostic message is written to stderr and the abort(3) function is called, effectively terminat... |
assume_default_colors(3) -- use terminal's default colors
|
The use_default_colors() and assume_default_colors() functions are extensions to the curses library. They are used with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent. These terminals allow the ... |
atan(3) -- arc tangent functions of one variable
|
The atan() function computes the principal value of the arc tangent of x in the range [-pi/2, +pi/2]. The atanf() function is a single precision version of atan(). |
atan2(3) -- arc tangent functions of two variables
|
The atan2() function computes the principal value of the arc tangent of y/x, using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value. The atan2f() function is a single precisio... |
atan2f(3) -- arc tangent functions of two variables
|
The atan2() function computes the principal value of the arc tangent of y/x, using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value. The atan2f() function is a single precisio... |
atanf(3) -- arc tangent functions of one variable
|
The atan() function computes the principal value of the arc tangent of x in the range [-pi/2, +pi/2]. The atanf() function is a single precision version of atan(). |
atanh(3) -- inverse hyperbolic tangent functions
|
The atanh() function computes the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the real argument x. The atanhf() function is a single precision version of atanh(). |
atanhf(3) -- inverse hyperbolic tangent functions
|
The atanh() function computes the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the real argument x. The atanhf() function is a single precision version of atanh(). |
atexit(3) -- register a function to be called on exit
|
The atexit() function registers the given function to be called at program exit, whether via exit(3) or via return from the program's main(). Functions so registered are called in reverse order; no a... |
atob8(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
atof(3) -- convert ASCII string to double
|
The atof() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to double representation. It is equivalent to: strtod(nptr, (char **)NULL); |
atoi(3) -- convert ASCII string to integer
|
The atoi() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to integer representation. It is equivalent to: (int)strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10); |
atol(3) -- convert ASCII string to long integer
|
The atol() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to long integer representation. It is equivalent to: strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10); |
atoll(3) -- convert ASCII string to long long integer
|
The atoll() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to long integer representation. It is equivalent to: strtoll(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10); |
attroff(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
attron(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
attrset(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
attr_get(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
attr_off(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
attr_on(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
attr_set(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
authenticate(3) -- simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide a simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system (see bsd_auth(3)). The auth_userokay() function provides a single function call interface. Provided with a user's name ... |
authnone_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines establish authentication information for use by the RPC functions described in rpc(3). auth_destroy() is a macro that destroys the authentication information associated with auth. Destr... |
authunix_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines establish authentication information for use by the RPC functions described in rpc(3). auth_destroy() is a macro that destroys the authentication information associated with auth. Destr... |
authunix_create_default(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines establish authentication information for use by the RPC functions described in rpc(3). auth_destroy() is a macro that destroys the authentication information associated with auth. Destr... |
auth_approval(3) -- simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide a simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system (see bsd_auth(3)). The auth_userokay() function provides a single function call interface. Provided with a user's name ... |
auth_call(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_cat(3) -- simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide a simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system (see bsd_auth(3)). The auth_userokay() function provides a single function call interface. Provided with a user's name ... |
auth_challenge(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_checknologin(3) -- simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide a simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system (see bsd_auth(3)). The auth_userokay() function provides a single function call interface. Provided with a user's name ... |
auth_check_change(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_check_expire(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_clean(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_close(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_clrenv(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_clroption(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_clroptions(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_destroy(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines establish authentication information for use by the RPC functions described in rpc(3). auth_destroy() is a macro that destroys the authentication information associated with auth. Destr... |
auth_getitem(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_getpwd(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_getstate(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_getvalue(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_mkvalue(3) -- simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide a simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system (see bsd_auth(3)). The auth_userokay() function provides a single function call interface. Provided with a user's name ... |
auth_open(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_setdata(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_setenv(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_setitem(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_setoption(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_setpwd(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_setstate(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_set_va_list(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_subr(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
auth_userchallenge(3) -- simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide a simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system (see bsd_auth(3)). The auth_userokay() function provides a single function call interface. Provided with a user's name ... |
auth_usercheck(3) -- simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide a simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system (see bsd_auth(3)). The auth_userokay() function provides a single function call interface. Provided with a user's name ... |
auth_userokay(3) -- simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide a simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system (see bsd_auth(3)). The auth_userokay() function provides a single function call interface. Provided with a user's name ... |
auth_userresponse(3) -- simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide a simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system (see bsd_auth(3)). The auth_userokay() function provides a single function call interface. Provided with a user's name ... |
auth_verify(3) -- simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide a simplified interface to the BSD Authentication system (see bsd_auth(3)). The auth_userokay() function provides a single function call interface. Provided with a user's name ... |
backspace(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
basename(3) -- extract the base portion of a pathname
|
The basename() function returns the last component from the pathname pointed to by path, deleting any trailing `/' characters. If path consists entirely of `/' characters, a pointer to the string "... |
baudrate(3) -- curses environment query routines
|
The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c... |
bcmp(3) -- compare byte string
|
The bcmp() function compares byte string b1 against byte string b2, returning zero if they are identical, non-zero otherwise. Both strings are assumed to be len bytes long. Zero-length strings are alw... |
bcopy(3) -- copy bytes
|
The bcopy() function copies len bytes from buffer src to buffer dst. The two buffers may overlap. If len is zero, no bytes are copied. |
bcrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
The crypt() function performs password encryption based on the NBS Data Encryption Standard (DES). Additional code has been added to deter key search attempts and to use stronger hashing algorithms. T... |
bcrypt_gensalt(3) -- DES encryption
|
The crypt() function performs password encryption based on the NBS Data Encryption Standard (DES). Additional code has been added to deter key search attempts and to use stronger hashing algorithms. T... |
beep(3) -- curses bell and screen flash routines
|
The beep and flash routines are used to alert the terminal user. The routine beep sounds an audible alarm on the terminal, if possible; otherwise it flashes the screen (visible bell). The routine flas... |
betoh16(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
betoh32(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
betoh64(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
BF_cbc(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
This library implements the Blowfish cipher, which was invented and described by Counterpane (see http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html ). Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64 bit (8 byte... |
BF_cbc_encrypt(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
This library implements the Blowfish cipher, which was invented and described by Counterpane (see http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html ). Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64 bit (8 byte... |
BF_cfb64_encrypt(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
This library implements the Blowfish cipher, which was invented and described by Counterpane (see http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html ). Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64 bit (8 byte... |
BF_decrypt(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
This library implements the Blowfish cipher, which was invented and described by Counterpane (see http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html ). Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64 bit (8 byte... |
BF_ecb(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
This library implements the Blowfish cipher, which was invented and described by Counterpane (see http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html ). Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64 bit (8 byte... |
BF_ecb_encrypt(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
This library implements the Blowfish cipher, which was invented and described by Counterpane (see http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html ). Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64 bit (8 byte... |
BF_encrypt(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
This library implements the Blowfish cipher, which was invented and described by Counterpane (see http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html ). Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64 bit (8 byte... |
BF_ofb64_encrypt(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
This library implements the Blowfish cipher, which was invented and described by Counterpane (see http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html ). Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64 bit (8 byte... |
BF_options(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
This library implements the Blowfish cipher, which was invented and described by Counterpane (see http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html ). Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64 bit (8 byte... |
BF_set_key(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
This library implements the Blowfish cipher, which was invented and described by Counterpane (see http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html ). Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64 bit (8 byte... |
bindresvport(3) -- bind a socket to a privileged IP port
|
The bindresvport() and bindresvport_sa() functions are used to bind a socket descriptor to a privileged IP port, that is, a port number in the range 0-1023. The bindresvport() function operates solely... |
bindresvport_sa(3) -- bind a socket to a privileged IP port
|
The bindresvport() and bindresvport_sa() functions are used to bind a socket descriptor to a privileged IP port, that is, a port number in the range 0-1023. The bindresvport() function operates solely... |
bitstring(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The bit_alloc() macro returns a pointer of type bitstr_t * to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The bit_decl() macro allo... |
bitstr_size(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The bit_alloc() macro returns a pointer of type bitstr_t * to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The bit_decl() macro allo... |
bit_alloc(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The bit_alloc() macro returns a pointer of type bitstr_t * to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The bit_decl() macro allo... |
bit_clear(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The bit_alloc() macro returns a pointer of type bitstr_t * to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The bit_decl() macro allo... |
bit_decl(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The bit_alloc() macro returns a pointer of type bitstr_t * to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The bit_decl() macro allo... |
bit_ffc(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The bit_alloc() macro returns a pointer of type bitstr_t * to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The bit_decl() macro allo... |
bit_ffs(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The bit_alloc() macro returns a pointer of type bitstr_t * to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The bit_decl() macro allo... |
bit_nclear(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The bit_alloc() macro returns a pointer of type bitstr_t * to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The bit_decl() macro allo... |
bit_nset(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The bit_alloc() macro returns a pointer of type bitstr_t * to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The bit_decl() macro allo... |
bit_set(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The bit_alloc() macro returns a pointer of type bitstr_t * to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The bit_decl() macro allo... |
bit_size(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The bit_alloc() macro returns a pointer of type bitstr_t * to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The bit_decl() macro allo... |
bit_test(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The bit_alloc() macro returns a pointer of type bitstr_t * to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The bit_decl() macro allo... |
bkgd(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines
|
The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at... |
bkgdset(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines
|
The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at... |
blf_cbc_decrypt(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
Blowfish is a fast unpatented block cipher designed by Bruce Schneier. It basically consists of a 16 times iterated Feistel network. The block size is 64 bit and the maximum key size is 448 bit. The b... |
blf_cbc_encrypt(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
Blowfish is a fast unpatented block cipher designed by Bruce Schneier. It basically consists of a 16 times iterated Feistel network. The block size is 64 bit and the maximum key size is 448 bit. The b... |
blf_dec(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
Blowfish is a fast unpatented block cipher designed by Bruce Schneier. It basically consists of a 16 times iterated Feistel network. The block size is 64 bit and the maximum key size is 448 bit. The b... |
blf_ecb_decrypt(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
Blowfish is a fast unpatented block cipher designed by Bruce Schneier. It basically consists of a 16 times iterated Feistel network. The block size is 64 bit and the maximum key size is 448 bit. The b... |
blf_ecb_encrypt(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
Blowfish is a fast unpatented block cipher designed by Bruce Schneier. It basically consists of a 16 times iterated Feistel network. The block size is 64 bit and the maximum key size is 448 bit. The b... |
blf_enc(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
Blowfish is a fast unpatented block cipher designed by Bruce Schneier. It basically consists of a 16 times iterated Feistel network. The block size is 64 bit and the maximum key size is 448 bit. The b... |
blf_key(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
Blowfish is a fast unpatented block cipher designed by Bruce Schneier. It basically consists of a 16 times iterated Feistel network. The block size is 64 bit and the maximum key size is 448 bit. The b... |
blowfish(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
This library implements the Blowfish cipher, which was invented and described by Counterpane (see http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html ). Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64 bit (8 byte... |
bm(3) -- Boyer-Moore string search
|
These routines implement an efficient mechanism to find an occurrence of a byte string within another byte string. bm_comp() evaluates patlen bytes starting at pattern and returns a pointer to a struc... |
bm_comp(3) -- Boyer-Moore string search
|
These routines implement an efficient mechanism to find an occurrence of a byte string within another byte string. bm_comp() evaluates patlen bytes starting at pattern and returns a pointer to a struc... |
bm_exec(3) -- Boyer-Moore string search
|
These routines implement an efficient mechanism to find an occurrence of a byte string within another byte string. bm_comp() evaluates patlen bytes starting at pattern and returns a pointer to a struc... |
bm_free(3) -- Boyer-Moore string search
|
These routines implement an efficient mechanism to find an occurrence of a byte string within another byte string. bm_comp() evaluates patlen bytes starting at pattern and returns a pointer to a struc... |
bn(3) -- multiprecision integer arithmetics
|
This library performs arithmetic operations on integers of arbitrary size. It was written for use in public key cryptography, such as RSA and Diffie-Hellman. It uses dynamic memory allocation for stor... |
BN_add(3) -- arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_add() adds a and b and places the result in r ("r=a+b"). r may be the same BIGNUM as a or b. BN_sub() subtracts b from a and places the result in r ("r=a-b"). BN_mul() multiplies a and b and pl... |
BN_add_word(3) -- arithmetic functions on BIGNUMs with integers
|
These functions perform arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs with unsigned integers. They are much more efficient than the normal BIGNUM arithmetic operations. BN_add_word() adds w to a ("a+=w"). BN_sub... |
bn_add_words(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_bin2bn(3) -- format conversions
|
BN_bn2bin() converts the absolute value of a into bigendian form and stores it at to. to must point to BN_num_bytes(a) bytes of memory. BN_bin2bn() converts the positive integer in big-endian form of ... |
BN_bn2bin(3) -- format conversions
|
BN_bn2bin() converts the absolute value of a into bigendian form and stores it at to. to must point to BN_num_bytes(a) bytes of memory. BN_bin2bn() converts the positive integer in big-endian form of ... |
BN_bn2dec(3) -- format conversions
|
BN_bn2bin() converts the absolute value of a into bigendian form and stores it at to. to must point to BN_num_bytes(a) bytes of memory. BN_bin2bn() converts the positive integer in big-endian form of ... |
BN_bn2hex(3) -- format conversions
|
BN_bn2bin() converts the absolute value of a into bigendian form and stores it at to. to must point to BN_num_bytes(a) bytes of memory. BN_bin2bn() converts the positive integer in big-endian form of ... |
BN_bn2mpi(3) -- format conversions
|
BN_bn2bin() converts the absolute value of a into bigendian form and stores it at to. to must point to BN_num_bytes(a) bytes of memory. BN_bin2bn() converts the positive integer in big-endian form of ... |
bn_check_top(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_clear(3) -- allocate and free BIGNUMs
|
BN_new() allocated and initializes a BIGNUM structure. BN_init() initializes an existing uninitialized BIGNUM. BN_clear() is used to destroy sensitive data such as keys when they are no longer needed.... |
BN_clear_bit(3) -- bit operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_set_bit() sets bit n in a to 1 ("a|=(1< |
BN_clear_free(3) -- allocate and free BIGNUMs
|
BN_new() allocated and initializes a BIGNUM structure. BN_init() initializes an existing uninitialized BIGNUM. BN_clear() is used to destroy sensitive data such as keys when they are no longer needed.... |
BN_cmp(3) -- BIGNUM comparison and test functions
|
BN_cmp() compares the numbers a and b. BN_ucmp() compares their absolute values. BN_is_zero(), BN_is_one() and BN_is_word() test if a equals 0, 1, or w respectively. BN_is_odd() tests if a is odd. BN_... |
bn_cmp_words(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_copy(3) -- copy BIGNUMs
|
BN_copy() copies from to to. BN_dup() creates a new BIGNUM containing the value from. |
BN_CTX_end(3) -- use temporary BIGNUM variables
|
These functions are used to obtain temporary BIGNUM variables from a BN_CTX (which can been created by using BN_CTX_new(3)) in order to save the overhead of repeatedly creating and freeing BIGNUMs in ... |
BN_CTX_free(3) -- allocate and free BN_CTX structures
|
A BN_CTX is a structure that holds BIGNUM temporary variables used by library functions. Since dynamic memory allocation to create BIGNUMs is rather expensive when used in conjunction with repeated su... |
BN_CTX_get(3) -- use temporary BIGNUM variables
|
These functions are used to obtain temporary BIGNUM variables from a BN_CTX (which can been created by using BN_CTX_new(3)) in order to save the overhead of repeatedly creating and freeing BIGNUMs in ... |
BN_CTX_init(3) -- allocate and free BN_CTX structures
|
A BN_CTX is a structure that holds BIGNUM temporary variables used by library functions. Since dynamic memory allocation to create BIGNUMs is rather expensive when used in conjunction with repeated su... |
BN_CTX_new(3) -- allocate and free BN_CTX structures
|
A BN_CTX is a structure that holds BIGNUM temporary variables used by library functions. Since dynamic memory allocation to create BIGNUMs is rather expensive when used in conjunction with repeated su... |
BN_CTX_start(3) -- use temporary BIGNUM variables
|
These functions are used to obtain temporary BIGNUM variables from a BN_CTX (which can been created by using BN_CTX_new(3)) in order to save the overhead of repeatedly creating and freeing BIGNUMs in ... |
BN_dec2bn(3) -- format conversions
|
BN_bn2bin() converts the absolute value of a into bigendian form and stores it at to. to must point to BN_num_bytes(a) bytes of memory. BN_bin2bn() converts the positive integer in big-endian form of ... |
BN_div(3) -- arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_add() adds a and b and places the result in r ("r=a+b"). r may be the same BIGNUM as a or b. BN_sub() subtracts b from a and places the result in r ("r=a-b"). BN_mul() multiplies a and b and pl... |
BN_div_recp(3) -- modular multiplication using reciprocal
|
BN_mod_mul_reciprocal() can be used to perform an efficient BN_mod_mul(3) operation when the operation will be performed repeatedly with the same modulus. It computes r=(a*b)%m using recp=1/m, which i... |
BN_div_word(3) -- arithmetic functions on BIGNUMs with integers
|
These functions perform arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs with unsigned integers. They are much more efficient than the normal BIGNUM arithmetic operations. BN_add_word() adds w to a ("a+=w"). BN_sub... |
bn_div_words(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_dump(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_dup(3) -- copy BIGNUMs
|
BN_copy() copies from to to. BN_dup() creates a new BIGNUM containing the value from. |
BN_exp(3) -- arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_add() adds a and b and places the result in r ("r=a+b"). r may be the same BIGNUM as a or b. BN_sub() subtracts b from a and places the result in r ("r=a-b"). BN_mul() multiplies a and b and pl... |
bn_expand(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_expand2(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_fix_top(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_free(3) -- allocate and free BIGNUMs
|
BN_new() allocated and initializes a BIGNUM structure. BN_init() initializes an existing uninitialized BIGNUM. BN_clear() is used to destroy sensitive data such as keys when they are no longer needed.... |
BN_from_montgomery(3) -- Montgomery multiplication
|
These functions implement Montgomery multiplication. They are used automatically when BN_mod_exp(3) is called with suitable input, but they may be useful when several operations are to be performed us... |
BN_gcd(3) -- arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_add() adds a and b and places the result in r ("r=a+b"). r may be the same BIGNUM as a or b. BN_sub() subtracts b from a and places the result in r ("r=a-b"). BN_mul() multiplies a and b and pl... |
BN_generate_prime(3) -- generate primes and test for primality
|
BN_generate_prime() generates a pseudo-random prime number of num bits. If ret is not NULL, it will be used to store the number. If callback is not NULL, it is called as follows: o callback(0, i, cb_a... |
BN_get_word(3) -- BIGNUM assignment operations
|
BN_zero(), BN_one() and BN_set_word() set a to the values 0, 1 and w respectively. BN_zero() and BN_one() are macros. BN_value_one() returns a BIGNUM constant of value 1. This constant is useful for u... |
BN_hex2bn(3) -- format conversions
|
BN_bn2bin() converts the absolute value of a into bigendian form and stores it at to. to must point to BN_num_bytes(a) bytes of memory. BN_bin2bn() converts the positive integer in big-endian form of ... |
BN_init(3) -- allocate and free BIGNUMs
|
BN_new() allocated and initializes a BIGNUM structure. BN_init() initializes an existing uninitialized BIGNUM. BN_clear() is used to destroy sensitive data such as keys when they are no longer needed.... |
bn_internal(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_is_bit_set(3) -- bit operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_set_bit() sets bit n in a to 1 ("a|=(1< |
BN_is_odd(3) -- BIGNUM comparison and test functions
|
BN_cmp() compares the numbers a and b. BN_ucmp() compares their absolute values. BN_is_zero(), BN_is_one() and BN_is_word() test if a equals 0, 1, or w respectively. BN_is_odd() tests if a is odd. BN_... |
BN_is_one(3) -- BIGNUM comparison and test functions
|
BN_cmp() compares the numbers a and b. BN_ucmp() compares their absolute values. BN_is_zero(), BN_is_one() and BN_is_word() test if a equals 0, 1, or w respectively. BN_is_odd() tests if a is odd. BN_... |
BN_is_prime(3) -- generate primes and test for primality
|
BN_generate_prime() generates a pseudo-random prime number of num bits. If ret is not NULL, it will be used to store the number. If callback is not NULL, it is called as follows: o callback(0, i, cb_a... |
BN_is_prime_fasttest(3) -- generate primes and test for primality
|
BN_generate_prime() generates a pseudo-random prime number of num bits. If ret is not NULL, it will be used to store the number. If callback is not NULL, it is called as follows: o callback(0, i, cb_a... |
BN_is_word(3) -- BIGNUM comparison and test functions
|
BN_cmp() compares the numbers a and b. BN_ucmp() compares their absolute values. BN_is_zero(), BN_is_one() and BN_is_word() test if a equals 0, 1, or w respectively. BN_is_odd() tests if a is odd. BN_... |
BN_is_zero(3) -- BIGNUM comparison and test functions
|
BN_cmp() compares the numbers a and b. BN_ucmp() compares their absolute values. BN_is_zero(), BN_is_one() and BN_is_word() test if a equals 0, 1, or w respectively. BN_is_odd() tests if a is odd. BN_... |
BN_lshift(3) -- bit operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_set_bit() sets bit n in a to 1 ("a|=(1< |
BN_lshift1(3) -- bit operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_set_bit() sets bit n in a to 1 ("a|=(1< |
BN_mask_bits(3) -- bit operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_set_bit() sets bit n in a to 1 ("a|=(1< |
BN_mod(3) -- arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_add() adds a and b and places the result in r ("r=a+b"). r may be the same BIGNUM as a or b. BN_sub() subtracts b from a and places the result in r ("r=a-b"). BN_mul() multiplies a and b and pl... |
BN_mod_exp(3) -- arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_add() adds a and b and places the result in r ("r=a+b"). r may be the same BIGNUM as a or b. BN_sub() subtracts b from a and places the result in r ("r=a-b"). BN_mul() multiplies a and b and pl... |
BN_mod_inverse(3) -- compute inverse modulo n
|
BN_mod_inverse() computes the inverse of a modulo n places the result in r ("(a*r)%n==1"). If r is NULL, a new BIGNUM is created. ctx is a previously allocated BN_CTX used for temporary variables. r... |
BN_mod_mul(3) -- arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_add() adds a and b and places the result in r ("r=a+b"). r may be the same BIGNUM as a or b. BN_sub() subtracts b from a and places the result in r ("r=a-b"). BN_mul() multiplies a and b and pl... |
BN_mod_mul_montgomery(3) -- Montgomery multiplication
|
These functions implement Montgomery multiplication. They are used automatically when BN_mod_exp(3) is called with suitable input, but they may be useful when several operations are to be performed us... |
BN_mod_mul_reciprocal(3) -- modular multiplication using reciprocal
|
BN_mod_mul_reciprocal() can be used to perform an efficient BN_mod_mul(3) operation when the operation will be performed repeatedly with the same modulus. It computes r=(a*b)%m using recp=1/m, which i... |
BN_mod_word(3) -- arithmetic functions on BIGNUMs with integers
|
These functions perform arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs with unsigned integers. They are much more efficient than the normal BIGNUM arithmetic operations. BN_add_word() adds w to a ("a+=w"). BN_sub... |
BN_MONT_CTX_copy(3) -- Montgomery multiplication
|
These functions implement Montgomery multiplication. They are used automatically when BN_mod_exp(3) is called with suitable input, but they may be useful when several operations are to be performed us... |
BN_MONT_CTX_free(3) -- Montgomery multiplication
|
These functions implement Montgomery multiplication. They are used automatically when BN_mod_exp(3) is called with suitable input, but they may be useful when several operations are to be performed us... |
BN_MONT_CTX_init(3) -- Montgomery multiplication
|
These functions implement Montgomery multiplication. They are used automatically when BN_mod_exp(3) is called with suitable input, but they may be useful when several operations are to be performed us... |
BN_MONT_CTX_new(3) -- Montgomery multiplication
|
These functions implement Montgomery multiplication. They are used automatically when BN_mod_exp(3) is called with suitable input, but they may be useful when several operations are to be performed us... |
BN_MONT_CTX_set(3) -- Montgomery multiplication
|
These functions implement Montgomery multiplication. They are used automatically when BN_mod_exp(3) is called with suitable input, but they may be useful when several operations are to be performed us... |
BN_mpi2bn(3) -- format conversions
|
BN_bn2bin() converts the absolute value of a into bigendian form and stores it at to. to must point to BN_num_bytes(a) bytes of memory. BN_bin2bn() converts the positive integer in big-endian form of ... |
BN_mul(3) -- arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_add() adds a and b and places the result in r ("r=a+b"). r may be the same BIGNUM as a or b. BN_sub() subtracts b from a and places the result in r ("r=a-b"). BN_mul() multiplies a and b and pl... |
bn_mul_add_words(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_mul_comba4(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_mul_comba8(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_mul_high(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_mul_low_normal(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_mul_low_recursive(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_mul_normal(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_mul_part_recursive(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_mul_recursive(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_mul_word(3) -- arithmetic functions on BIGNUMs with integers
|
These functions perform arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs with unsigned integers. They are much more efficient than the normal BIGNUM arithmetic operations. BN_add_word() adds w to a ("a+=w"). BN_sub... |
bn_mul_words(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_new(3) -- allocate and free BIGNUMs
|
BN_new() allocated and initializes a BIGNUM structure. BN_init() initializes an existing uninitialized BIGNUM. BN_clear() is used to destroy sensitive data such as keys when they are no longer needed.... |
BN_num_bits(3) -- get BIGNUM size
|
These functions return the size of a BIGNUM in bytes or bits, and the size of an unsigned integer in bits. BN_num_bytes() is a macro. |
BN_num_bits_word(3) -- get BIGNUM size
|
These functions return the size of a BIGNUM in bytes or bits, and the size of an unsigned integer in bits. BN_num_bytes() is a macro. |
BN_num_bytes(3) -- get BIGNUM size
|
These functions return the size of a BIGNUM in bytes or bits, and the size of an unsigned integer in bits. BN_num_bytes() is a macro. |
BN_one(3) -- BIGNUM assignment operations
|
BN_zero(), BN_one() and BN_set_word() set a to the values 0, 1 and w respectively. BN_zero() and BN_one() are macros. BN_value_one() returns a BIGNUM constant of value 1. This constant is useful for u... |
BN_print(3) -- format conversions
|
BN_bn2bin() converts the absolute value of a into bigendian form and stores it at to. to must point to BN_num_bytes(a) bytes of memory. BN_bin2bn() converts the positive integer in big-endian form of ... |
bn_print(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_print_fp(3) -- format conversions
|
BN_bn2bin() converts the absolute value of a into bigendian form and stores it at to. to must point to BN_num_bytes(a) bytes of memory. BN_bin2bn() converts the positive integer in big-endian form of ... |
BN_pseudo_rand(3) -- generate pseudo-random number
|
BN_rand() generates a cryptographically strong pseudo-random number of bits bits in length and stores it in rnd. If top is -1, the most significant bit of the random number can be zero. If top is 0, i... |
BN_rand(3) -- generate pseudo-random number
|
BN_rand() generates a cryptographically strong pseudo-random number of bits bits in length and stores it in rnd. If top is -1, the most significant bit of the random number can be zero. If top is 0, i... |
BN_rand_range(3) -- generate pseudo-random number
|
BN_rand() generates a cryptographically strong pseudo-random number of bits bits in length and stores it in rnd. If top is -1, the most significant bit of the random number can be zero. If top is 0, i... |
BN_RECP_CTX_free(3) -- modular multiplication using reciprocal
|
BN_mod_mul_reciprocal() can be used to perform an efficient BN_mod_mul(3) operation when the operation will be performed repeatedly with the same modulus. It computes r=(a*b)%m using recp=1/m, which i... |
BN_RECP_CTX_init(3) -- modular multiplication using reciprocal
|
BN_mod_mul_reciprocal() can be used to perform an efficient BN_mod_mul(3) operation when the operation will be performed repeatedly with the same modulus. It computes r=(a*b)%m using recp=1/m, which i... |
BN_RECP_CTX_new(3) -- modular multiplication using reciprocal
|
BN_mod_mul_reciprocal() can be used to perform an efficient BN_mod_mul(3) operation when the operation will be performed repeatedly with the same modulus. It computes r=(a*b)%m using recp=1/m, which i... |
BN_RECP_CTX_set(3) -- modular multiplication using reciprocal
|
BN_mod_mul_reciprocal() can be used to perform an efficient BN_mod_mul(3) operation when the operation will be performed repeatedly with the same modulus. It computes r=(a*b)%m using recp=1/m, which i... |
BN_rshift(3) -- bit operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_set_bit() sets bit n in a to 1 ("a|=(1< |
BN_rshift1(3) -- bit operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_set_bit() sets bit n in a to 1 ("a|=(1< |
BN_set_bit(3) -- bit operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_set_bit() sets bit n in a to 1 ("a|=(1< |
bn_set_high(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_set_low(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_set_max(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_set_word(3) -- BIGNUM assignment operations
|
BN_zero(), BN_one() and BN_set_word() set a to the values 0, 1 and w respectively. BN_zero() and BN_one() are macros. BN_value_one() returns a BIGNUM constant of value 1. This constant is useful for u... |
BN_sqr(3) -- arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_add() adds a and b and places the result in r ("r=a+b"). r may be the same BIGNUM as a or b. BN_sub() subtracts b from a and places the result in r ("r=a-b"). BN_mul() multiplies a and b and pl... |
bn_sqr_comba4(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_sqr_comba8(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_sqr_normal(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_sqr_recursive(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
bn_sqr_words(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_sub(3) -- arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs
|
BN_add() adds a and b and places the result in r ("r=a+b"). r may be the same BIGNUM as a or b. BN_sub() subtracts b from a and places the result in r ("r=a-b"). BN_mul() multiplies a and b and pl... |
BN_sub_word(3) -- arithmetic functions on BIGNUMs with integers
|
These functions perform arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs with unsigned integers. They are much more efficient than the normal BIGNUM arithmetic operations. BN_add_word() adds w to a ("a+=w"). BN_sub... |
bn_sub_words(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_swap(3) -- exchange BIGNUMs
|
BN_swap() exchanges the values of a and b. bn(3) |
BN_to_montgomery(3) -- Montgomery multiplication
|
These functions implement Montgomery multiplication. They are used automatically when BN_mod_exp(3) is called with suitable input, but they may be useful when several operations are to be performed us... |
BN_ucmp(3) -- BIGNUM comparison and test functions
|
BN_cmp() compares the numbers a and b. BN_ucmp() compares their absolute values. BN_is_zero(), BN_is_one() and BN_is_word() test if a equals 0, 1, or w respectively. BN_is_odd() tests if a is odd. BN_... |
BN_value_one(3) -- BIGNUM assignment operations
|
BN_zero(), BN_one() and BN_set_word() set a to the values 0, 1 and w respectively. BN_zero() and BN_one() are macros. BN_value_one() returns a BIGNUM constant of value 1. This constant is useful for u... |
bn_wexpand(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
BN_zero(3) -- BIGNUM assignment operations
|
BN_zero(), BN_one() and BN_set_word() set a to the values 0, 1 and w respectively. BN_zero() and BN_one() are macros. BN_value_one() returns a BIGNUM constant of value 1. This constant is useful for u... |
border(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
|
The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. The argument ls is a character and attributes used for the left side of the border, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - b... |
bottom_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
box(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
|
The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. The argument ls is a character and attributes used for the left side of the border, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - b... |
bsd_auth(3) -- interface to the BSD Authentication system
|
These functions provide the lower level interface to the BSD Authentication system. They all operate on a BSD Authentication session pointer, as, which is returned by auth_open(). The session pointer ... |
bsearch(3) -- binary search of a sorted table
|
The bsearch() function searches an array of nmemb objects, the initial member of which is pointed to by base, for a member that matches the object pointed to by key. The size of each member of the arr... |
bstring(3) -- byte string operations
|
These functions operate on variable length strings of bytes. They do not check for terminating null bytes as the routines listed in string(3) do. See the specific manual pages for more information. |
btoa8(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
btoe(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
btree(3) -- btree database access method
|
The dbopen() routine is the library interface to database files. One of the supported file formats is btree files. The general description of the database access methods is in dbopen(3). This manual p... |
bufferevent_disable(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
bufferevent_enable(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
bufferevent_free(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
bufferevent_new(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
bufferevent_read(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
bufferevent_settimeout(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
bufferevent_write(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
bufferevent_write_buffer(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
BUF_MEM_free(3) -- simple character arrays structure
|
The buffer library handles simple character arrays. Buffers are used for various purposes in the library, most notably memory BIOs. The library uses the BUF_MEM structure defined in buffer.h: typedef ... |
BUF_MEM_grow(3) -- simple character arrays structure
|
The buffer library handles simple character arrays. Buffers are used for various purposes in the library, most notably memory BIOs. The library uses the BUF_MEM structure defined in buffer.h: typedef ... |
BUF_MEM_new(3) -- simple character arrays structure
|
The buffer library handles simple character arrays. Buffers are used for various purposes in the library, most notably memory BIOs. The library uses the BUF_MEM structure defined in buffer.h: typedef ... |
BUF_strdup(3) -- simple character arrays structure
|
The buffer library handles simple character arrays. Buffers are used for various purposes in the library, most notably memory BIOs. The library uses the BUF_MEM structure defined in buffer.h: typedef ... |
byteorder(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
bzero(3) -- write zeroes to a byte string
|
The bzero() function writes len zero bytes to the string b. If len is zero, bzero() does nothing. |
cabs(3) -- Euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions
|
The hypot() and cabs() functions compute the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. The hypotf() and cabsf() functions ar... |
cabsf(3) -- Euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions
|
The hypot() and cabs() functions compute the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. The hypotf() and cabsf() functions ar... |
calloc(3) -- memory allocation and deallocation
|
The malloc() function allocates uninitialized space for an object whose size is specified by size. The malloc() function maintains multiple lists of free blocks according to size, allocating space fro... |
callrpc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
can_change_color(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
|
Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ... |
catclose(3) -- close message catalog
|
The catclose() function closes the message catalog specified by the argument catd. |
catgets(3) -- retrieve string from message catalog
|
The catgets() function attempts to retrieve message msg_id of set set_id from the message catalog referenced by the descriptor catd. The argument s points to a default message which is returned if the... |
catopen(3) -- open message catalog
|
The catopen() function opens the message catalog specified by name and returns a message catalog descriptor. If name contains a `/', then name specifies the full pathname for the message catalog, oth... |
cbreak(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
cbrt(3) -- cube root and square root functions
|
The cbrt() function computes the cube root of x. The cbrtf() function is a single precision version of cbrt(). The sqrt() function computes the non-negative square root of x. The sqrtf() function is a... |
cbrtf(3) -- cube root and square root functions
|
The cbrt() function computes the cube root of x. The cbrtf() function is a single precision version of cbrt(). The sqrt() function computes the non-negative square root of x. The sqrtf() function is a... |
ceil(3) -- round to smallest integral value greater than or equal to x
|
The ceil() function returns the smallest integral value greater than or equal to x. The ceilf() function is a single precision version of ceil(). |
ceilf(3) -- round to smallest integral value greater than or equal to x
|
The ceil() function returns the smallest integral value greater than or equal to x. The ceilf() function is a single precision version of ceil(). |
cfgetispeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr(), and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed(), and cfsetspeed() fun... |
cfgetospeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr(), and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed(), and cfsetspeed() fun... |
cfmakeraw(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr(), and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed(), and cfsetspeed() fun... |
cfree(3) -- memory allocation and deallocation
|
The malloc() function allocates uninitialized space for an object whose size is specified by size. The malloc() function maintains multiple lists of free blocks according to size, allocating space fro... |
cfsetispeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr(), and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed(), and cfsetspeed() fun... |
cfsetospeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr(), and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed(), and cfsetspeed() fun... |
cfsetspeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr(), and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed(), and cfsetspeed() fun... |
cgetcap(3) -- capability database access routines
|
The cgetent() function extracts the capability record name from the database specified by the null-terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first loo... |
cgetclose(3) -- capability database access routines
|
The cgetent() function extracts the capability record name from the database specified by the null-terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first loo... |
cgetent(3) -- capability database access routines
|
The cgetent() function extracts the capability record name from the database specified by the null-terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first loo... |
cgetfirst(3) -- capability database access routines
|
The cgetent() function extracts the capability record name from the database specified by the null-terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first loo... |
cgetmatch(3) -- capability database access routines
|
The cgetent() function extracts the capability record name from the database specified by the null-terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first loo... |
cgetnext(3) -- capability database access routines
|
The cgetent() function extracts the capability record name from the database specified by the null-terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first loo... |
cgetnum(3) -- capability database access routines
|
The cgetent() function extracts the capability record name from the database specified by the null-terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first loo... |
cgetset(3) -- capability database access routines
|
The cgetent() function extracts the capability record name from the database specified by the null-terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first loo... |
cgetstr(3) -- capability database access routines
|
The cgetent() function extracts the capability record name from the database specified by the null-terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first loo... |
cgetusedb(3) -- capability database access routines
|
The cgetent() function extracts the capability record name from the database specified by the null-terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first loo... |
cgetustr(3) -- capability database access routines
|
The cgetent() function extracts the capability record name from the database specified by the null-terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first loo... |
check_expire(3) -- check for password expiration
|
The login_check_expire() function is called by a BSD authentication login script to check whether the user's password entry, as described by pwd, has expired. If a class is specified, it is used inst... |
chgat(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
CIRCLEQ_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_END(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_FIRST(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_HEAD(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_INIT(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_LAST(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_NEXT(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_PREV(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
CIRCLEQ_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
clear(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
|
The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ... |
clearerr(3) -- check and reset stream status
|
The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return... |
clearok(3) -- curses output options
|
These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin.... |
clntraw_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnttcp_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clntudp_bufcreate(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clntudp_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_broadcast(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_call(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_control(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_destroy(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_freeres(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_geterr(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_pcreateerror(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_perrno(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_perror(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_spcreateerror(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_sperrno(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clnt_sperror(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
clock(3) -- determine processor time used
|
The clock() function determines the amount of processor time used since the invocation of the calling process, measured in CLOCKS_PER_SECs. |
closedir(3) -- directory operations
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it, and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. A null ... |
closelog(3) -- control system log
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (see sys... |
closelog_r(3) -- control system log
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (see sys... |
clrtobot(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
|
The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ... |
clrtoeol(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
|
The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ... |
color_content(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
|
Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ... |
COLOR_PAIR(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
|
Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ... |
color_set(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
compress(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
compress2(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
compressBound(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
com_err(3) -- common error display routine
|
Com_err displays an error message on the standard error stream stderr (see stdio(3S)) composed of the whoami string, which should specify the program name or some subportion of a program, followed by ... |
confstr(3) -- get string-valued configurable variables
|
This interface is obsoleted by sysctl(3). The confstr() function provides a method for applications to get configuration defined string values. The name argument specifies the system variable to be qu... |
copysign(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
copysignf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
copywin(3) -- overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows
|
The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin on top of dstwin. scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the same size; only text where the two windows overlap is copied. The difference is that ov... |
cos(3) -- cosine functions
|
The cos() function computes the cosine of x (measured in radians). The cosf() function is a single precision version of cos(). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significa... |
cosf(3) -- cosine functions
|
The cos() function computes the cosine of x (measured in radians). The cosf() function is a single precision version of cos(). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significa... |
cosh(3) -- hyperbolic cosine functions
|
The cosh() function computes the hyperbolic cosine of x. The coshf() function is a single precision version of cosh(). |
coshf(3) -- hyperbolic cosine functions
|
The cosh() function computes the hyperbolic cosine of x. The coshf() function is a single precision version of cosh(). |
crc32(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
creat(3) -- create a new file
|
This interface is made obsolete by: open(2). creat() is the same as: open(path, O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_WRONLY, mode); |
crypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
The crypt() function performs password encryption based on the NBS Data Encryption Standard (DES). Additional code has been added to deter key search attempts and to use stronger hashing algorithms. T... |
crypto(3) -- OpenSSL cryptographic library
|
|
CRYPTO_add(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_add_lock(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_destroy_dynlockid(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_get_ex_data(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
CRYPTO_get_new_dynlockid(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_lock(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_num_locks(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_r_lock(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_r_unlock(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_set_dynlock_create_callback(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_set_dynlock_destroy_callback(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_set_dynlock_lock_callback(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_set_ex_data(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
CRYPTO_set_id_callback(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_set_locking_callback(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_w_lock(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
CRYPTO_w_unlock(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
ctermid(3) -- generate terminal pathname
|
The ctermid() function generates a string, that, when used as a pathname, refers to the current controlling terminal of the calling process. If buf is a null pointer, a pointer to a static area is ret... |
ctime(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
The ctime() function converts a time_t, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:2... |
ctime_r(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
The ctime() function converts a time_t, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:2... |
ctype(3) -- character classification macros
|
The above macros perform character tests and conversions on the integer c. See each function's own manual page for more information. |
current_field(3) -- set and get form page number
|
The function set_current field sets the current field of the given form; current_field returns the current field of the given form. The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to pag... |
current_item(3) -- set and get current_menu_item
|
The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). cur- rent_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row ... |
curses(3) -- CRT screen handling and optimization package
|
The curses library routines give the user a terminal-independent method of updating character screens with reasonable optimization. This implementation is ``new curses'' (ncurses) and is the approve... |
curses_version(3) -- miscellaneous curses extensions
|
These functions are extensions to the curses library which do not fit easily into other categories. Use curses_version() to get the version number, including patch level of the library, e.g., 5.0.1999... |
curs_addch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
|
The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad... |
curs_addchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
|
These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ... |
curs_addstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
|
These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a... |
curs_attr(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
curs_beep(3) -- curses bell and screen flash routines
|
The beep and flash routines are used to alert the terminal user. The routine beep sounds an audible alarm on the terminal, if possible; otherwise it flashes the screen (visible bell). The routine flas... |
curs_bkgd(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines
|
The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at... |
curs_border(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
|
The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. The argument ls is a character and attributes used for the left side of the border, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - b... |
curs_clear(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
|
The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ... |
curs_color(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
|
Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ... |
curs_delch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window
|
These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the last character on the line is filled with a ... |
curs_deleteln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
|
The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio... |
curs_extend(3) -- miscellaneous curses extensions
|
These functions are extensions to the curses library which do not fit easily into other categories. Use curses_version() to get the version number, including patch level of the library, e.g., 5.0.1999... |
curs_getch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
|
The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst... |
curs_getstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
|
The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ... |
curs_getyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates
|
The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given window in the two integer variables y and x. If win is a subwindow, the getparyx macro places the beginning coordinates of the subwindow... |
curs_inch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window
|
These routines return the character, of type chtype, at the current position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position, their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constant... |
curs_inchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
|
These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ... |
curs_initscr(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
|
initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul... |
curs_inopts(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
curs_insch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert the character ch before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possibility of the rightmost characte... |
curs_insstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi... |
curs_instr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
|
These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th... |
curs_kernel(3) -- low-level curses routines
|
The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ... |
curs_mouse(3) -- mouse interface through curses
|
These functions provide an interface to mouse events from curses(3). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mouse... |
curs_move(3) -- move curses window cursor
|
These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line y and column x. This routine does not move the physical cursor of the terminal until refresh is called. The position specified is rela... |
curs_outopts(3) -- curses output options
|
These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin.... |
curs_overlay(3) -- overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows
|
The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin on top of dstwin. scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the same size; only text where the two windows overlap is copied. The difference is that ov... |
curs_pad(3) -- create and display curses pads
|
The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the... |
curs_print(3) -- ship binary data to printer
|
This function uses the mc5p or mc4 and mc5 capabilities, if they are present, to ship given data to a printer attached to the terminal. Note that the mcprint code has no way to do flow control with th... |
curs_printw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
|
The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the ... |
curs_refresh(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
|
The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t... |
curs_scanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
|
The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssca... |
curs_scroll(3) -- scroll a curses window
|
The scroll routine scrolls the window up one line. This involves moving the lines in the window data structure. As an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window is the entire screen, the phys... |
curs_scr_dump(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file
|
The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen to the file filename. The scr_restore routine sets the virtual screen to the contents of filename, which must have been written us... |
curs_set(3) -- low-level curses routines
|
The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ... |
curs_slk(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
curs_termattrs(3) -- curses environment query routines
|
The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c... |
curs_touch(3) -- curses refresh control routines
|
The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes... |
curs_util(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
|
The unctrl macro expands to a character string which is a printable representation of the character c. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are displayed as is. The... |
curs_window(3) -- create curses windows
|
Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o... |
cuserid(3) -- get user name
|
This interface is available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The cuserid() function returns a character string representation of the user name associated with the effective user ID of the ca... |
d2i_DHparams(3) -- PKCS#3 DH parameter functions.
|
These functions decode and encode PKCS#3 DH parameters using the DHparameter structure described in PKCS#3. Othewise these behave in a similar way to d2i_X509() and i2d_X509() described in the d2i_X50... |
d2i_DSAparams(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
d2i_DSAPrivateKey(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
d2i_DSAPublicKey(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
d2i_DSA_SIG(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
d2i_Netscape_RSA(3) -- RSA public and private key encoding functions.
|
d2i_RSAPublicKey() and i2d_RSAPublicKey() decode and encode a PKCS#1 RSAPublicKey structure. d2i_RSA_PUBKEY() and i2d_RSA_PUBKEY() decode and encode an RSA public key using a SubjectPublicKeyInfo (cer... |
d2i_RSAPrivateKey(3) -- RSA public and private key encoding functions.
|
d2i_RSAPublicKey() and i2d_RSAPublicKey() decode and encode a PKCS#1 RSAPublicKey structure. d2i_RSA_PUBKEY() and i2d_RSA_PUBKEY() decode and encode an RSA public key using a SubjectPublicKeyInfo (cer... |
d2i_RSAPublicKey(3) -- RSA public and private key encoding functions.
|
d2i_RSAPublicKey() and i2d_RSAPublicKey() decode and encode a PKCS#1 RSAPublicKey structure. d2i_RSA_PUBKEY() and i2d_RSA_PUBKEY() decode and encode an RSA public key using a SubjectPublicKeyInfo (cer... |
d2i_SSL_SESSION(3) -- convert SSL_SESSION object from/to ASN1 representation
|
d2i_SSL_SESSION() transforms the external ASN1 representation of an SSL/TLS session, stored as binary data at location pp with length length, into an SSL_SESSION object. i2d_SSL_SESSION() transforms t... |
daemon(3) -- run in the background
|
The daemon() function is for programs wishing to detach themselves from the controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons. Unless the argument nochdir is non-zero, daemon() changes ... |
data_ahead(3) -- test for off-screen data in given forms
|
The function data_ahead tests whether there is off-screen data ahead in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0). The function data_behind tests whether there is off-screen data behind in the ... |
data_behind(3) -- test for off-screen data in given forms
|
The function data_ahead tests whether there is off-screen data ahead in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0). The function data_behind tests whether there is off-screen data behind in the ... |
db(3) -- database access methods
|
The dbopen() function is the library interface to database files. The supported file formats are btree, hashed, and UNIX file oriented. The btree format is a representation of a sorted, balanced tree ... |
dbm(3) -- database subroutines
|
These functions provide a dbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbit... |
dbmclose(3) -- database subroutines
|
These functions provide a dbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbit... |
dbminit(3) -- database subroutines
|
These functions provide a dbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbit... |
dbm_clearerr(3) -- database access methods
|
These functions provide a ndbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbi... |
dbm_close(3) -- database access methods
|
These functions provide a ndbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbi... |
dbm_delete(3) -- database access methods
|
These functions provide a ndbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbi... |
dbm_dirfno(3) -- database access methods
|
These functions provide a ndbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbi... |
dbm_error(3) -- database access methods
|
These functions provide a ndbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbi... |
dbm_fetch(3) -- database access methods
|
These functions provide a ndbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbi... |
dbm_firstkey(3) -- database access methods
|
These functions provide a ndbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbi... |
dbm_nextkey(3) -- database access methods
|
These functions provide a ndbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbi... |
dbm_open(3) -- database access methods
|
These functions provide a ndbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbi... |
dbm_pagfno(3) -- database access methods
|
These functions provide a ndbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbi... |
dbm_store(3) -- database access methods
|
These functions provide a ndbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbi... |
dbopen(3) -- database access methods
|
The dbopen() function is the library interface to database files. The supported file formats are btree, hashed, and UNIX file oriented. The btree format is a representation of a sorted, balanced tree ... |
default_colors(3) -- use terminal's default colors
|
The use_default_colors() and assume_default_colors() functions are extensions to the curses library. They are used with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent. These terminals allow the ... |
define_key(3) -- define a keycode
|
This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an application to define keycodes with their corresponding control strings, so that the curses library will interpret them just as it would the p... |
deflate(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
deflateBound(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
deflateCopy(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
deflateEnd(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
deflateInit(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
deflateInit2(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
deflateParams(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
deflatePrime(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
deflateReset(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
deflateSetDictionary(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
def_prog_mode(3) -- low-level curses routines
|
The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ... |
def_shell_mode(3) -- low-level curses routines
|
The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ... |
delay_output(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
|
The unctrl macro expands to a character string which is a printable representation of the character c. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are displayed as is. The... |
delch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window
|
These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the last character on the line is filled with a ... |
delete(3) -- database subroutines
|
These functions provide a dbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbit... |
deleteln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
|
The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio... |
delscreen(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
|
initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul... |
delwin(3) -- create curses windows
|
Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o... |
del_curterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
del_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
derwin(3) -- create curses windows
|
Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o... |
des_3cbc_encrypt(3) -- (non USA) DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a des_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_3ecb_encrypt(3) -- (non USA) DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a des_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_cbc_cksum(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_cbc_encrypt(3) -- (non USA) DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a des_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_cfb64_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_cfb_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_cipher(3) -- DES encryption
|
The crypt() function performs password encryption based on the NBS Data Encryption Standard (DES). Additional code has been added to deter key search attempts and to use stronger hashing algorithms. T... |
des_crypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ecb2_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ecb3_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ecb_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ede2_cbc_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ede2_cfb64_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ede2_ofb64_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ede3_cbcm_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ede3_cbc_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ede3_cfb64_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ede3_ofb64_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_enc_read(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_enc_write(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_fcrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_is_weak_key(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_key_sched(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ncbc_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ofb64_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_ofb_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_pcbc_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_quad_cksum(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_random_key(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_read_2password(3) -- (non USA) DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a des_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_read_2passwords(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_read_password(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_read_pw_string(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_setkey(3) -- DES encryption
|
The crypt() function performs password encryption based on the NBS Data Encryption Standard (DES). Additional code has been added to deter key search attempts and to use stronger hashing algorithms. T... |
des_set_key(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_set_key_checked(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_set_key_unchecked(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_set_odd_parity(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_string_to_2key(3) -- (non USA) DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a des_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_string_to_2keys(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_string_to_key(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
des_xcbc_encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a DES_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
devname(3) -- get device name
|
The devname() function returns a pointer to the name of the block or character device in /dev with a device number of dev, and a file type matching the one encoded in type which must be one of S_IFBLK... |
dh(3) -- Diffie-Hellman key agreement
|
These functions implement the Diffie-Hellman key agreement protocol. The generation of shared DH parameters is described in DH_generate_parameters(3); DH_generate_key(3) describes how to perform a key... |
DHparams_print(3) -- print cryptographic parameters
|
A human-readable hexadecimal output of the components of the RSA key, DSA parameters or key or DH parameters is printed to bp or fp. The output lines are indented by offset spaces. |
DHparams_print_fp(3) -- print cryptographic parameters
|
A human-readable hexadecimal output of the components of the RSA key, DSA parameters or key or DH parameters is printed to bp or fp. The output lines are indented by offset spaces. |
DH_check(3) -- generate and check
|
DH_generate_parameters() generates Diffie-Hellman parameters that can be shared among a group of users, and returns them in a newly allocated DH structure. The pseudo-random number generator must be s... |
DH_compute_key(3) -- perform Diffie-Hellman key exchange
|
DH_generate_key() performs the first step of a DiffieHellman key exchange by generating private and public DH values. By calling DH_compute_key(), these are combined with the other party's public val... |
DH_free(3) -- allocate and free DH objects
|
DH_new() allocates and initializes a DH structure. DH_free() frees the DH structure and its components. The values are erased before the memory is returned to the system. |
DH_generate_key(3) -- perform Diffie-Hellman key exchange
|
DH_generate_key() performs the first step of a DiffieHellman key exchange by generating private and public DH values. By calling DH_compute_key(), these are combined with the other party's public val... |
DH_generate_parameters(3) -- generate and check
|
DH_generate_parameters() generates Diffie-Hellman parameters that can be shared among a group of users, and returns them in a newly allocated DH structure. The pseudo-random number generator must be s... |
DH_get_default_method(3) -- select DH method
|
A DH_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for Diffie-Hellman operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the ... |
DH_get_default_openssl_method(3) -- select DH method
|
A DH_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for Diffie-Hellman operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the ... |
DH_get_ex_data(3) -- add application specific data to DH structures
|
These functions handle application specific data in DH structures. Their usage is identical to that of RSA_get_ex_new_index(), RSA_set_ex_data() and RSA_get_ex_data() as described in RSA_get_ex_new_in... |
DH_get_ex_new_index(3) -- add application specific data to DH structures
|
These functions handle application specific data in DH structures. Their usage is identical to that of RSA_get_ex_new_index(), RSA_set_ex_data() and RSA_get_ex_data() as described in RSA_get_ex_new_in... |
DH_new(3) -- allocate and free DH objects
|
DH_new() allocates and initializes a DH structure. DH_free() frees the DH structure and its components. The values are erased before the memory is returned to the system. |
DH_new_method(3) -- select DH method
|
A DH_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for Diffie-Hellman operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the ... |
DH_OpenSSL(3) -- select DH method
|
A DH_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for Diffie-Hellman operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the ... |
DH_set_default_method(3) -- select DH method
|
A DH_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for Diffie-Hellman operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the ... |
DH_set_default_openssl_method(3) -- select DH method
|
A DH_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for Diffie-Hellman operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the ... |
DH_set_ex_data(3) -- add application specific data to DH structures
|
These functions handle application specific data in DH structures. Their usage is identical to that of RSA_get_ex_new_index(), RSA_set_ex_data() and RSA_get_ex_data() as described in RSA_get_ex_new_in... |
DH_set_method(3) -- select DH method
|
A DH_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for Diffie-Hellman operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the ... |
DH_size(3) -- get Diffie-Hellman prime size
|
This function returns the Diffie-Hellman size in bytes. It can be used to determine how much memory must be allocated for the shared secret computed by DH_compute_key(). dh->p must not be NULL. |
difftime(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
The ctime() function converts a time_t, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:2... |
directory(3) -- directory operations
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it, and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. A null ... |
dirfd(3) -- directory operations
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it, and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. A null ... |
dirname(3) -- extract the directory portion of a pathname
|
The dirname() function is the converse of basename(3); it returns a pointer to the parent directory of the pathname pointed to by path. Any trailing `/' characters are not counted as part of the dire... |
div(3) -- return quotient and remainder from division
|
The div() function computes the value num/denom and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named div_t that contains two int members named quot and rem. |
dladdr(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into a process's address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a na... |
dlclose(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into a process's address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a na... |
dlctl(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into a process's address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a na... |
dlerror(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into a process's address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a na... |
dlfcn(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into a process's address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a na... |
dlopen(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into a process's address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a na... |
dlsym(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into a process's address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a na... |
dn_comp(3) -- resolver routines
|
These routines are used for making, sending, and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routin... |
dn_expand(3) -- resolver routines
|
These routines are used for making, sending, and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routin... |
doupdate(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
|
The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t... |
drand48(3) -- pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
dsa(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
DSAparams_print(3) -- print cryptographic parameters
|
A human-readable hexadecimal output of the components of the RSA key, DSA parameters or key or DH parameters is printed to bp or fp. The output lines are indented by offset spaces. |
DSAparams_print_fp(3) -- print cryptographic parameters
|
A human-readable hexadecimal output of the components of the RSA key, DSA parameters or key or DH parameters is printed to bp or fp. The output lines are indented by offset spaces. |
DSA_do_sign(3) -- raw DSA signature operations
|
DSA_do_sign() computes a digital signature on the len byte message digest dgst using the private key dsa and returns it in a newly allocated DSA_SIG structure. DSA_sign_setup(3) may be used to precomp... |
DSA_do_verify(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
DSA_dup_DH(3) -- create a DH structure out of DSA structure
|
DSA_dup_DH() duplicates DSA parameters/keys as DH parameters/keys. q is lost during that conversion, but the resulting DH parameters contain its length. |
DSA_free(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
DSA_generate_key(3) -- generate DSA key pair
|
DSA_generate_key() expects a to contain DSA parameters. It generates a new key pair and stores it in a->pub_key and a->priv_key. The PRNG must be seeded prior to calling DSA_gener- ate_key(). |
DSA_generate_parameters(3) -- generate DSA parameters
|
DSA_generate_parameters() generates primes p and q and a generator g for use in the DSA. bits is the length of the prime to be generated; the DSS allows a maximum of 1024 bits. If seed is NULL or seed... |
DSA_get_default_method(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
DSA_get_default_openssl_method(3) -- select DSA method
|
A DSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for DSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sect... |
DSA_get_ex_data(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
DSA_get_ex_new_index(3) -- add application specific data to DSA structures
|
These functions handle application specific data in DSA structures. Their usage is identical to that of RSA_get_ex_new_index(), RSA_set_ex_data() and RSA_get_ex_data() as described in RSA_get_ex_new_i... |
DSA_new(3) -- allocate and free DSA objects
|
DSA_new() allocates and initializes a DSA structure. It is equivalent to calling DSA_new_method(NULL). DSA_free() frees the DSA structure and its components. The values are erased before the memory is... |
DSA_new_method(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
DSA_OpenSSL(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
DSA_print(3) -- print cryptographic parameters
|
A human-readable hexadecimal output of the components of the RSA key, DSA parameters or key or DH parameters is printed to bp or fp. The output lines are indented by offset spaces. |
DSA_print_fp(3) -- print cryptographic parameters
|
A human-readable hexadecimal output of the components of the RSA key, DSA parameters or key or DH parameters is printed to bp or fp. The output lines are indented by offset spaces. |
DSA_set_default_method(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
DSA_set_default_openssl_method(3) -- select DSA method
|
A DSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for DSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sect... |
DSA_set_ex_data(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
DSA_set_method(3) -- select DSA method
|
A DSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for DSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sect... |
DSA_sign(3) -- DSA signatures
|
DSA_sign() computes a digital signature on the len byte message digest dgst using the private key dsa and places its ASN.1 DER encoding at sigret. The length of the signature is places in *siglen. sig... |
DSA_sign_setup(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
DSA_SIG_free(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
DSA_SIG_new(3) -- allocate and free DSA signature objects
|
DSA_SIG_new() allocates and initializes a DSA_SIG structure. DSA_SIG_free() frees the DSA_SIG structure and its components. The values are erased before the memory is returned to the system. |
DSA_size(3) -- get DSA signature size
|
This function returns the size of an ASN.1 encoded DSA signature in bytes. It can be used to determine how much memory must be allocated for a DSA signature. dsa->q must not be NULL. |
DSA_verify(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
dupwin(3) -- create curses windows
|
Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o... |
dup_field(3) -- create and destroy form fields
|
The function new_field allocates a new field and initializes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and number of a... |
dynamic_field_info(3) -- retrieve field characteristics
|
The function field_info returns the sizes and other attributes passed in to the field at its creation time. The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, nu... |
echo(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
echochar(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
|
The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad... |
ecvt(3) -- convert double to ASCII string
|
These functions are provided for compatibility with legacy code. New code should use the snprintf(3) function for improved safety and porta- bility. The ecvt(), fcvt() and gcvt() functions convert the... |
edata(3) -- end boundaries of image segments
|
The global variables end, etext, and edata correspond to the next address following the end of the text segment, the end of initialized data segment, and the end of the data segment (BSS). |
editline(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_deletestr(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_end(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_get(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_getc(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_gets(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_init(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_insertstr(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_line(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_parse(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_push(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_reset(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_resize(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_set(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
el_source(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
encrypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
The crypt() function performs password encryption based on the NBS Data Encryption Standard (DES). Additional code has been added to deter key search attempts and to use stronger hashing algorithms. T... |
end(3) -- end boundaries of image segments
|
The global variables end, etext, and edata correspond to the next address following the end of the text segment, the end of initialized data segment, and the end of the data segment (BSS). |
endfsent(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
|
The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file, |
endgrent(3) -- group database operations
|
These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure struct group found in the include file : stru... |
endhostent(3) -- get network host entry
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
endnetent(3) -- get network entry
|
The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network database, /etc/n... |
endnetgrent(3) -- netgroup database operations
|
These functions operate on the netgroup database file /etc/netgroup.db which is described in netgroup(5). If that file does not exist, and the system supports YP, then the netgroup YP databases are us... |
endprotoent(3) -- get protocol entry
|
The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol... |
endpwent(3) -- password database operations
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure struct passwd found in the include file : struct pa... |
endrpcent(3) -- get RPC entry
|
getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber(), each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number database, /etc/r... |
endservent(3) -- get service entry
|
The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data... |
endttyent(3) -- get ttys file entry
|
The getttyent() and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the brokenout fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { cha... |
endusershell(3) -- get legal user shells
|
The getusershell() function returns a pointer to a legal user shell as defined by the system manager in the file /etc/shells. If /etc/shells is unreadable or does not exist, getusershell() behaves as ... |
endwin(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
|
initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul... |
erand48(3) -- pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
erase(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
|
The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ... |
erasechar(3) -- curses environment query routines
|
The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c... |
erf(3) -- error function operators
|
These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() calculates the error function of x, and the erff() function is a single precision version of erf(). The error function is defined as: erf(x... |
erfc(3) -- error function operators
|
These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() calculates the error function of x, and the erff() function is a single precision version of erf(). The error function is defined as: erf(x... |
erfcf(3) -- error function operators
|
These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() calculates the error function of x, and the erff() function is a single precision version of erf(). The error function is defined as: erf(x... |
erff(3) -- error function operators
|
These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() calculates the error function of x, and the erff() function is a single precision version of erf(). The error function is defined as: erf(x... |
err(3) -- formatted error messages
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, followed by a colon (`:') character and ... |
errx(3) -- formatted error messages
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, followed by a colon (`:') character and ... |
ERR_add_error_data(3) -- record an error
|
ERR_put_error() adds an error code to the thread's error queue. It signals that the error of reason code reason occurred in function func of library lib, in line number line of file. This function is... |
ERR_clear_error(3) -- clear the error queue
|
ERR_clear_error() empties the current thread's error queue. |
ERR_error_string(3) -- obtain human-readable error message
|
ERR_error_string() generates a human-readable string representing the error code e, and places it at buf. buf must be at least 120 bytes long. If buf is NULL, the error string is placed in a static bu... |
ERR_error_string_n(3) -- obtain human-readable error message
|
ERR_error_string() generates a human-readable string representing the error code e, and places it at buf. buf must be at least 120 bytes long. If buf is NULL, the error string is placed in a static bu... |
ERR_free_strings(3) -- load and free error strings
|
ERR_load_crypto_strings() registers the error strings for all libcrypto functions. SSL_load_error_strings() does the same, but also registers the libssl error strings. One of these functions should be... |
ERR_func_error_string(3) -- obtain human-readable error message
|
ERR_error_string() generates a human-readable string representing the error code e, and places it at buf. buf must be at least 120 bytes long. If buf is NULL, the error string is placed in a static bu... |
ERR_get_error(3) -- obtain error code and data
|
ERR_get_error() returns the earliest error code from the thread's error queue and removes the entry. This function can be called repeatedly until there are no more error codes to return. ERR_peek_err... |
ERR_get_error_line(3) -- obtain error code and data
|
ERR_get_error() returns the earliest error code from the thread's error queue and removes the entry. This function can be called repeatedly until there are no more error codes to return. ERR_peek_err... |
ERR_get_error_line_data(3) -- obtain error code and data
|
ERR_get_error() returns the earliest error code from the thread's error queue and removes the entry. This function can be called repeatedly until there are no more error codes to return. ERR_peek_err... |
ERR_GET_FUNC(3) -- get library, function and reason code
|
The error code returned by ERR_get_error() consists of a library number, function code and reason code. ERR_GET_LIB(), ERR_GET_FUNC() and ERR_GET_REASON() can be used to extract these. The library num... |
ERR_GET_LIB(3) -- get library, function and reason code
|
The error code returned by ERR_get_error() consists of a library number, function code and reason code. ERR_GET_LIB(), ERR_GET_FUNC() and ERR_GET_REASON() can be used to extract these. The library num... |
ERR_get_next_error_library(3) -- load arbitrary error strings
|
ERR_load_strings() registers error strings for library number lib. str is an array of error string data: typedef struct ERR_string_data_st { unsigned long error; char *string; } ERR_STRING_DATA; The e... |
ERR_GET_REASON(3) -- get library, function and reason code
|
The error code returned by ERR_get_error() consists of a library number, function code and reason code. ERR_GET_LIB(), ERR_GET_FUNC() and ERR_GET_REASON() can be used to extract these. The library num... |
ERR_lib_error_string(3) -- obtain human-readable error message
|
ERR_error_string() generates a human-readable string representing the error code e, and places it at buf. buf must be at least 120 bytes long. If buf is NULL, the error string is placed in a static bu... |
ERR_load_crypto_strings(3) -- load and free error strings
|
ERR_load_crypto_strings() registers the error strings for all libcrypto functions. SSL_load_error_strings() does the same, but also registers the libssl error strings. One of these functions should be... |
ERR_load_strings(3) -- load arbitrary error strings
|
ERR_load_strings() registers error strings for library number lib. str is an array of error string data: typedef struct ERR_string_data_st { unsigned long error; char *string; } ERR_STRING_DATA; The e... |
ERR_PACK(3) -- load arbitrary error strings
|
ERR_load_strings() registers error strings for library number lib. str is an array of error string data: typedef struct ERR_string_data_st { unsigned long error; char *string; } ERR_STRING_DATA; The e... |
ERR_peek_error(3) -- obtain error code and data
|
ERR_get_error() returns the earliest error code from the thread's error queue and removes the entry. This function can be called repeatedly until there are no more error codes to return. ERR_peek_err... |
ERR_peek_error_line(3) -- obtain error code and data
|
ERR_get_error() returns the earliest error code from the thread's error queue and removes the entry. This function can be called repeatedly until there are no more error codes to return. ERR_peek_err... |
ERR_peek_error_line_data(3) -- obtain error code and data
|
ERR_get_error() returns the earliest error code from the thread's error queue and removes the entry. This function can be called repeatedly until there are no more error codes to return. ERR_peek_err... |
ERR_print_errors(3) -- print error messages
|
ERR_print_errors() is a convenience function that prints the error strings for all errors that OpenSSL has recorded to bp, thus emptying the error queue. ERR_print_errors_fp() is the same, except that... |
ERR_print_errors_fp(3) -- print error messages
|
ERR_print_errors() is a convenience function that prints the error strings for all errors that OpenSSL has recorded to bp, thus emptying the error queue. ERR_print_errors_fp() is the same, except that... |
ERR_put_error(3) -- record an error
|
ERR_put_error() adds an error code to the thread's error queue. It signals that the error of reason code reason occurred in function func of library lib, in line number line of file. This function is... |
ERR_reason_error_string(3) -- obtain human-readable error message
|
ERR_error_string() generates a human-readable string representing the error code e, and places it at buf. buf must be at least 120 bytes long. If buf is NULL, the error string is placed in a static bu... |
ERR_remove_state(3) -- free a thread's error queue
|
ERR_remove_state() frees the error queue associated with thread pid. If pid == 0, the current thread will have its error queue removed. Since error queue data structures are allocated automatically fo... |
etext(3) -- end boundaries of image segments
|
The global variables end, etext, and edata correspond to the next address following the end of the text segment, the end of initialized data segment, and the end of the data segment (BSS). |
ethers(3) -- get ethers entry
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_int8_t ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form `... |
ether_addr(3) -- get ethers entry
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_int8_t ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form `... |
ether_aton(3) -- get ethers entry
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_int8_t ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form `... |
ether_hostton(3) -- get ethers entry
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_int8_t ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form `... |
ether_line(3) -- get ethers entry
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_int8_t ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form `... |
ether_ntoa(3) -- get ethers entry
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_int8_t ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form `... |
ether_ntohost(3) -- get ethers entry
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_int8_t ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form `... |
etob(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
evbuffer_add(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
evbuffer_add_buffer(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
evbuffer_add_printf(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
evbuffer_drain(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
evbuffer_find(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
evbuffer_free(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
evbuffer_new(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
evbuffer_read(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
evbuffer_write(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
event(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
event_add(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
event_del(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
event_dispatch(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
event_init(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
event_initialized(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
event_loop(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
event_loopexit(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
event_once(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
event_pending(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
event_set(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
EVP_BytesToKey(3) -- password based encryption routine
|
EVP_BytesToKey() derives a key and IV from various parameters. type is the cipher to derive the key and IV for. md is the message digest to use. The salt paramter is used as a salt in the derivation: ... |
EVP_CipherFinal(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CipherInit(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CipherUpdate(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_asn1_to_param(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_block_size(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_block_size(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cipher(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cleanup(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_ctrl(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_key_length(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_nid(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_key_length(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_type(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_iv_length(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_key_length(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_nid(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_param_to_asn1(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_CIPHER_type(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_cleanup(3) -- add algorithms to internal table
|
OpenSSL keeps an internal table of digest algorithms and ciphers. It uses this table to lookup ciphers via functions such as EVP_get_cipher_byname(). OpenSSL_add_all_digests() adds all digest algorith... |
EVP_DecryptFinal(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_DecryptInit(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_DecryptUpdate(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_DigestFinal(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_DigestInit(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_DigestUpdate(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_dss(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_dss1(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_EncryptFinal(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_EncryptInit(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_EncryptUpdate(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_get_cipherbyname(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_get_cipherbynid(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_get_cipherbyobj(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
EVP_get_digestbyname(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_get_digestbynid(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_get_digestbyobj(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_md2(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_md5(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_mdc2(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_MD_block_size(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_MD_CTX_block_size(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_MD_CTX_copy(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_MD_CTX_md(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_MD_CTX_size(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_MD_CTX_type(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_md_null(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_MD_pkey_type(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_MD_size(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_MD_type(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_OpenFinal(3) -- EVP envelope decryption
|
The EVP envelope routines are a high level interface to envelope decryption. They decrypt a public key encrypted symmetric key and then decrypt data using it. EVP_OpenInit() initializes a cipher conte... |
EVP_OpenInit(3) -- EVP envelope decryption
|
The EVP envelope routines are a high level interface to envelope decryption. They decrypt a public key encrypted symmetric key and then decrypt data using it. EVP_OpenInit() initializes a cipher conte... |
EVP_OpenUpdate(3) -- EVP envelope decryption
|
The EVP envelope routines are a high level interface to envelope decryption. They decrypt a public key encrypted symmetric key and then decrypt data using it. EVP_OpenInit() initializes a cipher conte... |
EVP_PKEY_size(3) -- EVP signing functions
|
The EVP signature routines are a high level interface to digital signatures. EVP_SignInit_ex() sets up signing context ctx to use digest type from ENGINE impl. ctx must be initialized with EVP_MD_CTX_... |
EVP_ripemd160(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_SealFinal(3) -- EVP envelope encryption
|
The EVP envelope routines are a high level interface to envelope encryption. They generate a random key and IV (if required) then "envelope" it by using public key encryption. Data can then be encry... |
EVP_SealInit(3) -- EVP envelope encryption
|
The EVP envelope routines are a high level interface to envelope encryption. They generate a random key and IV (if required) then "envelope" it by using public key encryption. Data can then be encry... |
EVP_SealUpdate(3) -- EVP envelope encryption
|
The EVP envelope routines are a high level interface to envelope encryption. They generate a random key and IV (if required) then "envelope" it by using public key encryption. Data can then be encry... |
EVP_sha(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_sha1(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_MD_CTX_init() initializes digest contet ctx. EVP_MD_CTX_create() allocates, initializes and returns a digest contet. EVP_Dige... |
EVP_SignFinal(3) -- EVP signing functions
|
The EVP signature routines are a high level interface to digital signatures. EVP_SignInit_ex() sets up signing context ctx to use digest type from ENGINE impl. ctx must be initialized with EVP_MD_CTX_... |
EVP_SignInit(3) -- EVP signing functions
|
The EVP signature routines are a high level interface to digital signatures. EVP_SignInit_ex() sets up signing context ctx to use digest type from ENGINE impl. ctx must be initialized with EVP_MD_CTX_... |
EVP_SignUpdate(3) -- EVP signing functions
|
The EVP signature routines are a high level interface to digital signatures. EVP_SignInit_ex() sets up signing context ctx to use digest type from ENGINE impl. ctx must be initialized with EVP_MD_CTX_... |
EVP_VerifyFinal(3) -- EVP signature verification functions
|
The EVP signature verification routines are a high level interface to digital signatures. EVP_VerifyInit_ex() sets up verification context ctx to use digest type from ENGINE impl. ctx must be initiali... |
EVP_VerifyInit(3) -- EVP signature verification functions
|
The EVP signature verification routines are a high level interface to digital signatures. EVP_VerifyInit_ex() sets up verification context ctx to use digest type from ENGINE impl. ctx must be initiali... |
EVP_VerifyUpdate(3) -- EVP signature verification functions
|
The EVP signature verification routines are a high level interface to digital signatures. EVP_VerifyInit_ex() sets up verification context ctx to use digest type from ENGINE impl. ctx must be initiali... |
evtimer_add(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
evtimer_del(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
evtimer_initialized(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
evtimer_pending(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
evtimer_set(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
exec(3) -- execute a file
|
The exec family of functions replace the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are frontends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page for ... |
execl(3) -- execute a file
|
The exec family of functions replace the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are frontends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page for ... |
execle(3) -- execute a file
|
The exec family of functions replace the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are frontends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page for ... |
execlp(3) -- execute a file
|
The exec family of functions replace the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are frontends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page for ... |
execv(3) -- execute a file
|
The exec family of functions replace the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are frontends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page for ... |
execvp(3) -- execute a file
|
The exec family of functions replace the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are frontends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page for ... |
exit(3) -- perform normal program termination
|
The exit() and _Exit() functions terminate a process. Before termination, exit() performs the following operations in the order listed: 1. Call the functions registered with the atexit(3) function, in... |
exp(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expf() function is a single precision version of exp(). The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even ... |
expf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expf() function is a single precision version of exp(). The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even ... |
expm1(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expf() function is a single precision version of exp(). The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even ... |
expm1f(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expf() function is a single precision version of exp(). The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even ... |
extattr(3) -- convert an extended attribute namespace identifier to a string and vice versa
|
The extattr_namespace_to_string() function converts a VFS extended attribute identifier to a human-readable string; the extattr_string_to_namespace() function undoes the aforementioned operation, and ... |
extattr_namespace_to_string(3) -- convert an extended attribute namespace identifier to a string and vice versa
|
The extattr_namespace_to_string() function converts a VFS extended attribute identifier to a human-readable string; the extattr_string_to_namespace() function undoes the aforementioned operation, and ... |
extattr_string_to_namespace(3) -- convert an extended attribute namespace identifier to a string and vice versa
|
The extattr_namespace_to_string() function converts a VFS extended attribute identifier to a human-readable string; the extattr_string_to_namespace() function undoes the aforementioned operation, and ... |
f(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
fabs(3) -- floating-point absolute value functions
|
The fabs() function computes the absolute value of a floating-point number x. The fabsf() function is a single precision version of fabs(). |
fabsf(3) -- floating-point absolute value functions
|
The fabs() function computes the absolute value of a floating-point number x. The fabsf() function is a single precision version of fabs(). |
fclose(3) -- close a stream
|
The fclose() function dissociates the named stream from its underlying file or set of functions. If the stream was being used for output, any buffered data is written first, using fflush(3). |
fcvt(3) -- convert double to ASCII string
|
These functions are provided for compatibility with legacy code. New code should use the snprintf(3) function for improved safety and porta- bility. The ecvt(), fcvt() and gcvt() functions convert the... |
fdopen(3) -- stream open functions
|
The fopen() function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by path and associates a stream with it. The argument mode points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences (add... |
FD_CLR(3) -- synchronous I/O multiplexing
|
select() examines the I/O descriptor sets whose addresses are passed in readfds, writefds, and exceptfds to see if some of their descriptors are ready for reading, are ready for writing, or have an ex... |
FD_ISSET(3) -- synchronous I/O multiplexing
|
select() examines the I/O descriptor sets whose addresses are passed in readfds, writefds, and exceptfds to see if some of their descriptors are ready for reading, are ready for writing, or have an ex... |
FD_SET(3) -- synchronous I/O multiplexing
|
select() examines the I/O descriptor sets whose addresses are passed in readfds, writefds, and exceptfds to see if some of their descriptors are ready for reading, are ready for writing, or have an ex... |
FD_ZERO(3) -- synchronous I/O multiplexing
|
select() examines the I/O descriptor sets whose addresses are passed in readfds, writefds, and exceptfds to see if some of their descriptors are ready for reading, are ready for writing, or have an ex... |
feof(3) -- check and reset stream status
|
The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return... |
ferror(3) -- check and reset stream status
|
The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return... |
fetch(3) -- database subroutines
|
These functions provide a dbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbit... |
fflagstostr(3) -- convert between file flag bits and their string names
|
The fflagstostr() function returns a comma separated string of the file flags represented by flags. If no flags are set a zero length string is returned. If memory cannot be allocated for the return v... |
fflush(3) -- flush a stream
|
The function fflush() forces a write of all buffered data for the given output or update stream via the stream's underlying write function. The open status of the stream is unaffected. If the stream ... |
ffs(3) -- find first bit set in a bit string
|
The ffs() function finds the first bit set in value and returns the index of that bit. Bits are numbered starting from 1, starting at the rightmost bit. A return value of 0 means that the argument was... |
fgetc(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
|
The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti... |
fgetln(3) -- get a line from a stream
|
The fgetln() function returns a pointer to the next line from the stream referenced by stream. This line is not a C string as it does not end with a terminating NUL character. The length of the line, ... |
fgetpos(3) -- reposition a stream
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
fgets(3) -- get a line from a stream
|
The fgets() function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by size from the given stream and stores them in the string str. Reading stops when a newline character is found, at... |
field_arg(3) -- data type validation for fields
|
The function set_field_type declares a data type for a given form field. This is the type checked by validation functions. The types are as follows: TYPE_ALNUM Alphanumeric data. Requires a third int ... |
field_back(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
|
The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A... |
field_buffer(3) -- field buffer control
|
The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio... |
field_count(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms
|
The function set_form_fields changes the field pointer array of the given form. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form. The function... |
field_fore(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
|
The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A... |
field_index(3) -- set and get form page number
|
The function set_current field sets the current field of the given form; current_field returns the current field of the given form. The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to pag... |
field_info(3) -- retrieve field characteristics
|
The function field_info returns the sizes and other attributes passed in to the field at its creation time. The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, nu... |
field_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal... |
field_just(3) -- retrieve field characteristics
|
The function set_field_just sets the justification attribute of a field; field_just returns a field's justification attribute. The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEF... |
field_opts(3) -- set and get field options
|
The function set_field_opts sets all the given field's option bits (field option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others a... |
field_opts_off(3) -- set and get field options
|
The function set_field_opts sets all the given field's option bits (field option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others a... |
field_opts_on(3) -- set and get field options
|
The function set_field_opts sets all the given field's option bits (field option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others a... |
field_pad(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
|
The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A... |
field_status(3) -- field buffer control
|
The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio... |
field_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal... |
field_type(3) -- data type validation for fields
|
The function set_field_type declares a data type for a given form field. This is the type checked by validation functions. The types are as follows: TYPE_ALNUM Alphanumeric data. Requires a third int ... |
field_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form field
|
Every form field has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field. |
fileno(3) -- check and reset stream status
|
The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return... |
filter(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
|
The unctrl macro expands to a character string which is a printable representation of the character c. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are displayed as is. The... |
finite(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
finitef(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
firstkey(3) -- database subroutines
|
These functions provide a dbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbit... |
flash(3) -- curses bell and screen flash routines
|
The beep and flash routines are used to alert the terminal user. The routine beep sounds an audible alarm on the terminal, if possible; otherwise it flashes the screen (visible bell). The routine flas... |
flockfile(3) -- application level locking of stdio files
|
The flockfile(), ftrylockfile(), and funlockfile() functions provide for explicit application-level locking of stdio FILE * objects. These functions can be used by a thread to delineate a sequence of ... |
floor(3) -- round to largest integral value not greater than x
|
The floor() function returns the largest integral value less than or equal to x. The floorf() function is a single precision version of floor(). |
floorf(3) -- round to largest integral value not greater than x
|
The floor() function returns the largest integral value less than or equal to x. The floorf() function is a single precision version of floor(). |
flushinp(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
|
The unctrl macro expands to a character string which is a printable representation of the character c. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are displayed as is. The... |
fmod(3) -- floating-point remainder functions
|
The fmod() function computes the floating-point remainder of x/ y. The fmodf() function is a single precision version of fmod(). |
fmodf(3) -- floating-point remainder functions
|
The fmod() function computes the floating-point remainder of x/ y. The fmodf() function is a single precision version of fmod(). |
fmt_scaled(3) -- handle numbers with a human-readable scale
|
The scan_scaled() function scans the given number and looks for a terminal scale multiplier of B, K, M, G, T, P or E (in either upper or lower case) for Byte, Kilobyte, Megabyte, Gigabyte, Terabyte, P... |
fnmatch(3) -- match filename or pathname using shell globbing rules
|
The fnmatch() function matches patterns according to the globbing rules used by the shell. It checks the string specified by the string argument to see if it matches the pattern specified by the patte... |
fopen(3) -- stream open functions
|
The fopen() function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by path and associates a stream with it. The argument mode points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences (add... |
forkpty(3) -- tty utility functions
|
The openpty(), login_tty(), and forkpty() functions perform manipulations on ttys and pseudo-ttys. The openpty() function finds an available pseudo-tty and returns file descriptors for the master and ... |
form(3) -- curses extension for programming forms
|
The form library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing form screens on character-cell terminals. The library includes: field routines, which create and modify form fields; and form ro... |
form_cursor(3) -- position a form window cursor
|
The function pos_form_cursor restores the cursor to the position required for the forms driver to continue processing requests. This is useful after curses routines have been called to do screen-paint... |
form_data(3) -- test for off-screen data in given forms
|
The function data_ahead tests whether there is off-screen data ahead in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0). The function data_behind tests whether there is off-screen data behind in the ... |
form_driver(3) -- command-processing loop of the form system
|
Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it through form_driver. This routine has two major input cases; either the input is a form navigation request or it's a prin... |
form_field(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms
|
The function set_form_fields changes the field pointer array of the given form. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form. The function... |
form_fields(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms
|
The function set_form_fields changes the field pointer array of the given form. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form. The function... |
form_fieldtype(3) -- define validation-field types
|
The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable for data validation. You supply it with field_check, a predicate to check the validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempts t... |
form_field_attributes(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
|
The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A... |
form_field_buffer(3) -- field buffer control
|
The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio... |
form_field_info(3) -- retrieve field characteristics
|
The function field_info returns the sizes and other attributes passed in to the field at its creation time. The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, nu... |
form_field_just(3) -- retrieve field characteristics
|
The function set_field_just sets the justification attribute of a field; field_just returns a field's justification attribute. The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEF... |
form_field_new(3) -- create and destroy form fields
|
The function new_field allocates a new field and initializes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and number of a... |
form_field_opts(3) -- set and get field options
|
The function set_field_opts sets all the given field's option bits (field option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others a... |
form_field_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form field
|
Every form field has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field. |
form_field_validation(3) -- data type validation for fields
|
The function set_field_type declares a data type for a given form field. This is the type checked by validation functions. The types are as follows: TYPE_ALNUM Alphanumeric data. Requires a third int ... |
form_hook(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal... |
form_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal... |
form_new(3) -- create and destroy forms
|
The function new_form creates a new form connected to a specified field pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_form disconnects form from its field array and frees the storag... |
form_new_page(3) -- form pagination functions
|
The function set_new_page sets or resets a flag marking the given field as the beginning of a new page on its form. The function new_page is a predicate which tests if a given field marks a page begin... |
form_opts(3) -- set and get form options
|
The function set_form_opts sets all the given form's option bits (form option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function form_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
form_opts_off(3) -- set and get form options
|
The function set_form_opts sets all the given form's option bits (form option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function form_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
form_opts_on(3) -- set and get form options
|
The function set_form_opts sets all the given form's option bits (form option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function form_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
form_page(3) -- set and get form page number
|
The function set_current field sets the current field of the given form; current_field returns the current field of the given form. The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to pag... |
form_post(3) -- write or erase forms from associated subwindows
|
The function post_form displays a form to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c... |
form_requestname(3) -- handle printable form request names
|
The function form_request_name returns the printable name of a form request code. The function form_request_by_name searches in the nametable for a request with the given name and returns its request ... |
form_request_by_name(3) -- handle printable form request names
|
The function form_request_name returns the printable name of a form request code. The function form_request_by_name searches in the nametable for a request with the given name and returns its request ... |
form_request_name(3) -- handle printable form request names
|
The function form_request_name returns the printable name of a form request code. The function form_request_by_name searches in the nametable for a request with the given name and returns its request ... |
form_sub(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations
|
Every form has an associated pair of curses windows. The form window displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the form that are currently avai... |
form_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal... |
form_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form item
|
Every form and every form item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the formdriver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set the form user pointer field. |
form_win(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations
|
Every form has an associated pair of curses windows. The form window displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the form that are currently avai... |
fparseln(3) -- return the next logical line from a stream
|
The fparseln() function returns a pointer to the next logical line from the stream referenced by stream. This string is null terminated and dynamically allocated on each invocation. It is the responsi... |
fpgetmask(3) -- IEEE FP mode control
|
A rounding mode is one of FP_RZ, FP_RM, FP_RN, or FP_RP, for rounding towards zero, rounding (Minus infinity) down, rounding to nearest, and rounding (Plus infinity) up. The default mode is FP_RN. An ... |
fpgetround(3) -- IEEE FP mode control
|
A rounding mode is one of FP_RZ, FP_RM, FP_RN, or FP_RP, for rounding towards zero, rounding (Minus infinity) down, rounding to nearest, and rounding (Plus infinity) up. The default mode is FP_RN. An ... |
fpgetsticky(3) -- IEEE FP mode control
|
A rounding mode is one of FP_RZ, FP_RM, FP_RN, or FP_RP, for rounding towards zero, rounding (Minus infinity) down, rounding to nearest, and rounding (Plus infinity) up. The default mode is FP_RN. An ... |
fprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
The printf() family of functions produce output according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, depend o... |
fpsetmask(3) -- IEEE FP mode control
|
A rounding mode is one of FP_RZ, FP_RM, FP_RN, or FP_RP, for rounding towards zero, rounding (Minus infinity) down, rounding to nearest, and rounding (Plus infinity) up. The default mode is FP_RN. An ... |
fpsetround(3) -- IEEE FP mode control
|
A rounding mode is one of FP_RZ, FP_RM, FP_RN, or FP_RP, for rounding towards zero, rounding (Minus infinity) down, rounding to nearest, and rounding (Plus infinity) up. The default mode is FP_RN. An ... |
fpsetsticky(3) -- IEEE FP mode control
|
A rounding mode is one of FP_RZ, FP_RM, FP_RN, or FP_RP, for rounding towards zero, rounding (Minus infinity) down, rounding to nearest, and rounding (Plus infinity) up. The default mode is FP_RN. An ... |
fpurge(3) -- flush a stream
|
The function fflush() forces a write of all buffered data for the given output or update stream via the stream's underlying write function. The open status of the stream is unaffected. If the stream ... |
fputc(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
|
The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an unsigned char) to the output stream pointed to by stream. putc() acts essentially identically to fputc(), but is a macro that expands in-li... |
fputs(3) -- output a line to a stream
|
The function fputs() writes the string pointed to by str to the stream pointed to by stream. The function puts() writes the string str, and a terminating newline character, to the stream stdout. |
fread(3) -- binary stream input/output
|
The function fread() reads nmemb objects, each size bytes long, from the stream pointed to by stream, storing them at the location given by ptr. The function fwrite() writes nmemb objects, each size b... |
free(3) -- memory allocation and deallocation
|
The malloc() function allocates uninitialized space for an object whose size is specified by size. The malloc() function maintains multiple lists of free blocks according to size, allocating space fro... |
freeaddrinfo(3) -- nodename-to-address translation
|
The getaddrinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent nodenameto-address translation. It performs the functionality of gethostbyname(3) and getservbyname(3), but in a more sophisticated manne... |
freeifaddrs(3) -- get interface addresses
|
The getifaddrs() function stores a reference to a linked list of the network interfaces on the local machine in the memory referenced by ifap. The list consists of ifaddrs structures, as defined in th... |
freerrset(3) -- retrieve DNS records
|
getrrsetbyname() gets a set of resource records associated with a hostname, rdclass and rdtype. hostname is a pointer a to null-terminated string. The flags field is currently unused and must be zero.... |
free_field(3) -- create and destroy form fields
|
The function new_field allocates a new field and initializes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and number of a... |
free_fieldtype(3) -- define validation-field types
|
The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable for data validation. You supply it with field_check, a predicate to check the validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempts t... |
free_form(3) -- create and destroy forms
|
The function new_form creates a new form connected to a specified field pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_form disconnects form from its field array and frees the storag... |
free_item(3) -- create and destroy menu items
|
The function new_item allocates a new item and initializes it from the name and description pointers. Please notice that the item stores only the pointers to the name and description. Those pointers m... |
free_menu(3) -- create and destroy menus
|
The function new_menu creates a new menu connected to a specified item pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_menu disconnects menu from its item array and frees the storage ... |
freopen(3) -- stream open functions
|
The fopen() function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by path and associates a stream with it. The argument mode points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences (add... |
frexp(3) -- convert floating-point number to fractional and integral components
|
The frexp() function breaks a floating-point number into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. It stores the integer in the int object pointed to by exp. |
fropen(3) -- open a stream
|
The funopen() function associates a stream with up to four ``I/O functions''. Either readfn or writefn must be specified; the others can be given as an appropriately typed NULL pointer. These I/O fu... |
fscanf(3) -- input format conversion
|
The scanf() family of functions read input according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, are stored th... |
fseek(3) -- reposition a stream
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
fseeko(3) -- reposition a stream
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
fsetpos(3) -- reposition a stream
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
ftell(3) -- reposition a stream
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
ftello(3) -- reposition a stream
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
ftime(3) -- get date and time
|
This interface is obsoleted by gettimeofday(2). It is available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The ftime() routine fills in a structure pointed to by its argument, as defined by |
ftok(3) -- create IPC identifier from a pathname
|
The ftok() function attempts to create a unique key suitable for use with the msgget(2), semget(2) and shmget(2) functions given the path of an existing file and a user-selectable id. The specified pa... |
ftrylockfile(3) -- application level locking of stdio files
|
The flockfile(), ftrylockfile(), and funlockfile() functions provide for explicit application-level locking of stdio FILE * objects. These functions can be used by a thread to delineate a sequence of ... |
fts(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
|
The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. The fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other fts functions. The function... |
fts_children(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
|
The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. The fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other fts functions. The function... |
fts_close(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
|
The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. The fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other fts functions. The function... |
fts_open(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
|
The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. The fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other fts functions. The function... |
fts_read(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
|
The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. The fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other fts functions. The function... |
fts_set(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
|
The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. The fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other fts functions. The function... |
ftw(3) -- traverse (walk) a file tree
|
These functions are provided for compatibility with legacy code. New code should use the fts(3) functions. The ftw() and nftw() functions traverse (walk) the directory hierarchy rooted in path. For ea... |
funlockfile(3) -- application level locking of stdio files
|
The flockfile(), ftrylockfile(), and funlockfile() functions provide for explicit application-level locking of stdio FILE * objects. These functions can be used by a thread to delineate a sequence of ... |
funopen(3) -- open a stream
|
The funopen() function associates a stream with up to four ``I/O functions''. Either readfn or writefn must be specified; the others can be given as an appropriately typed NULL pointer. These I/O fu... |
fwopen(3) -- open a stream
|
The funopen() function associates a stream with up to four ``I/O functions''. Either readfn or writefn must be specified; the others can be given as an appropriately typed NULL pointer. These I/O fu... |
fwrite(3) -- binary stream input/output
|
The function fread() reads nmemb objects, each size bytes long, from the stream pointed to by stream, storing them at the location given by ptr. The function fwrite() writes nmemb objects, each size b... |
gai_strerror(3) -- nodename-to-address translation
|
The getaddrinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent nodenameto-address translation. It performs the functionality of gethostbyname(3) and getservbyname(3), but in a more sophisticated manne... |
gamma(3) -- log gamma functions
|
|
gammaf(3) -- log gamma functions
|
|
gcvt(3) -- convert double to ASCII string
|
These functions are provided for compatibility with legacy code. New code should use the snprintf(3) function for improved safety and porta- bility. The ecvt(), fcvt() and gcvt() functions convert the... |
getaddrinfo(3) -- nodename-to-address translation
|
The getaddrinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent nodenameto-address translation. It performs the functionality of gethostbyname(3) and getservbyname(3), but in a more sophisticated manne... |
getbegyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates
|
The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given window in the two integer variables y and x. If win is a subwindow, the getparyx macro places the beginning coordinates of the subwindow... |
getbkgd(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines
|
The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at... |
getbsize(3) -- get user block size
|
The getbsize() function determines the user's preferred block size based on the value of the BLOCKSIZE environment variable; see environ(7) for details on its use and format. The getbsize() function ... |
getc(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
|
The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti... |
getcap(3) -- capability database access routines
|
The cgetent() function extracts the capability record name from the database specified by the null-terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first loo... |
getch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
|
The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst... |
getchar(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
|
The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti... |
getchar_unlocked(3) -- get next character from stream, efficiently
|
The getc_unlocked() and getchar_unlocked() functions are equivalent to their locked counterparts, getc(3) and getchar(3). However, getc_unlocked() and getchar_unlocked() assume that the relevant strea... |
getcwd(3) -- get working directory pathname
|
The getcwd() function copies the absolute pathname of the current working directory into the memory referenced by buf and returns a pointer to buf. The size argument is the size, in bytes, of the arra... |
getc_unlocked(3) -- get next character from stream, efficiently
|
The getc_unlocked() and getchar_unlocked() functions are equivalent to their locked counterparts, getc(3) and getchar(3). However, getc_unlocked() and getchar_unlocked() assume that the relevant strea... |
getdiskbyname(3) -- get generic disk description by its name
|
The getdiskbyname() function takes a disk name (e.g., "rm03") and returns a prototype disk label describing its geometry information and the standard disk partition tables. All information is obtain... |
getdomainname(3) -- get/set YP domain name of current host
|
The getdomainname() function returns the YP domain name for the current processor, as previously set by setdomainname(). The parameter namelen specifies the size of the name array. If insufficient spa... |
getdtablesize(3) -- get descriptor table size
|
Each process has a fixed size descriptor table, which is guaranteed to have at least 20 slots. The entries in the descriptor table are numbered with small integers starting at 0. The call getdtablesiz... |
getenv(3) -- environment variable functions
|
These functions set, unset, and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended... |
getfsent(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
|
The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file, |
getfsfile(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
|
The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file, |
getfsspec(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
|
The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file, |
getfstype(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
|
The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file, |
getgrent(3) -- group database operations
|
These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure struct group found in the include file : stru... |
getgrgid(3) -- group database operations
|
These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure struct group found in the include file : stru... |
getgrgid_r(3) -- group database operations
|
These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure struct group found in the include file : stru... |
getgrnam(3) -- group database operations
|
These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure struct group found in the include file : stru... |
getgrnam_r(3) -- group database operations
|
These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure struct group found in the include file : stru... |
getgrouplist(3) -- calculate group access list
|
The getgrouplist() function reads through the group file and calculates the group access list for the user specified in name. The basegid is automatically included in the groups list. Typically this v... |
gethostbyaddr(3) -- get network host entry
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
gethostbyname(3) -- get network host entry
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
gethostbyname2(3) -- get network host entry
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
gethostent(3) -- get network host entry
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
gethostid(3) -- get/set unique identifier of current host
|
The sethostid() function establishes a 32-bit identifier for the current processor that is intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in existence. This is normally a DARPA Internet address for the ... |
gethostname(3) -- get/set name of current host
|
The gethostname() function returns the standard host name for the current processor, as previously set by sethostname(). The parameter namelen specifies the size of the name array. If insufficient spa... |
getifaddrs(3) -- get interface addresses
|
The getifaddrs() function stores a reference to a linked list of the network interfaces on the local machine in the memory referenced by ifap. The list consists of ifaddrs structures, as defined in th... |
getloadavg(3) -- get system load averages
|
The getloadavg() function returns the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of loadav... |
getmaxpartitions(3) -- get the maximum number of partitions allowed per disk
|
getmaxpartitions() returns the number of partitions that are allowed per disk on the system. |
getmaxyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates
|
The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given window in the two integer variables y and x. If win is a subwindow, the getparyx macro places the beginning coordinates of the subwindow... |
getmntinfo(3) -- get information about mounted file systems
|
The getmntinfo() function returns an array of statfs structures describing each currently mounted file system (see statfs(2)). The getmntinfo() function passes its flags parameter transparently to get... |
getmode(3) -- modify mode bits
|
The getmode() function returns a copy of the file permission bits mode as altered by the values pointed to by set. While only the mode bits are altered, other parts of the file mode may be examined. T... |
getmouse(3) -- mouse interface through curses
|
These functions provide an interface to mouse events from curses(3). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mouse... |
getnameinfo(3) -- address-to-nodename translation in protocolindependent manner
|
The getnameinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent addressto-nodename translation. Its functionality is a reverse conversion of getaddrinfo(3), and implements similar functionality to geth... |
getnetbyaddr(3) -- get network entry
|
The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network database, /etc/n... |
getnetbyname(3) -- get network entry
|
The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network database, /etc/n... |
getnetent(3) -- get network entry
|
The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network database, /etc/n... |
getnetgrent(3) -- netgroup database operations
|
These functions operate on the netgroup database file /etc/netgroup.db which is described in netgroup(5). If that file does not exist, and the system supports YP, then the netgroup YP databases are us... |
getnstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
|
The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ... |
getopt(3) -- get option character from command line argument list
|
The getopt() function incrementally parses a command line argument list argv and returns the next known option character. An option character is known if it has been specified in the string of accepte... |
getopt_long(3) -- get long options from command line argument list
|
The getopt_long() function is similar to getopt(3) but it accepts options in two forms: words and characters. The getopt_long() function provides a superset of the functionality of getopt(3). getopt_l... |
getopt_long_only(3) -- get long options from command line argument list
|
The getopt_long() function is similar to getopt(3) but it accepts options in two forms: words and characters. The getopt_long() function provides a superset of the functionality of getopt(3). getopt_l... |
getpagesize(3) -- get system page size
|
This interface is obsoleted by sysconf(3). Use sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE). The getpagesize() function returns the number of bytes in a page. Page granularity is the granularity of many of the memory manage... |
getparyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates
|
The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given window in the two integer variables y and x. If win is a subwindow, the getparyx macro places the beginning coordinates of the subwindow... |
getpass(3) -- get a password
|
The getpass() function displays a prompt to, and reads in a password from, /dev/tty. If this file is not accessible, getpass() displays the prompt on the standard error output and reads from the stand... |
getprotobyname(3) -- get protocol entry
|
The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol... |
getprotobynumber(3) -- get protocol entry
|
The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol... |
getprotoent(3) -- get protocol entry
|
The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol... |
getpwent(3) -- password database operations
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure struct passwd found in the include file : struct pa... |
getpwnam(3) -- password database operations
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure struct passwd found in the include file : struct pa... |
getpwuid(3) -- password database operations
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure struct passwd found in the include file : struct pa... |
getrawpartition(3) -- get the system ``raw'' partition
|
getrawpartition() returns the partition number (`a' == 0, `b' == 1, ...) of the ``raw'' partition of the system's disks. The ``raw'' partition is defined as the partition which provides access ... |
getrpcbyname(3) -- get RPC entry
|
getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber(), each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number database, /etc/r... |
getrpcbynumber(3) -- get RPC entry
|
getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber(), each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number database, /etc/r... |
getrpcent(3) -- get RPC entry
|
getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber(), each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number database, /etc/r... |
getrpcport(3) -- get RPC port number
|
getrpcport() returns the port number for version versnum of the RPC program prognum running on host and using protocol proto. It returns 0 if it cannot contact the portmapper, or if prognum is not reg... |
getrrsetbyname(3) -- retrieve DNS records
|
getrrsetbyname() gets a set of resource records associated with a hostname, rdclass and rdtype. hostname is a pointer a to null-terminated string. The flags field is currently unused and must be zero.... |
gets(3) -- get a line from a stream
|
The fgets() function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by size from the given stream and stores them in the string str. Reading stops when a newline character is found, at... |
getservbyname(3) -- get service entry
|
The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data... |
getservbyport(3) -- get service entry
|
The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data... |
getservent(3) -- get service entry
|
The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data... |
getstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
|
The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ... |
getsubopt(3) -- get sub options from an argument
|
The getsubopt() function parses a string containing tokens delimited by one or more tab, space or comma (`,') characters. It is intended for use in parsing groups of option arguments provided as part... |
getsyx(3) -- low-level curses routines
|
The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ... |
getttyent(3) -- get ttys file entry
|
The getttyent() and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the brokenout fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { cha... |
getttynam(3) -- get ttys file entry
|
The getttyent() and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the brokenout fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { cha... |
getusershell(3) -- get legal user shells
|
The getusershell() function returns a pointer to a legal user shell as defined by the system manager in the file /etc/shells. If /etc/shells is unreadable or does not exist, getusershell() behaves as ... |
getw(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
|
The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti... |
getwd(3) -- get working directory pathname
|
The getcwd() function copies the absolute pathname of the current working directory into the memory referenced by buf and returns a pointer to buf. The size argument is the size, in bytes, of the arra... |
getwin(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
|
The unctrl macro expands to a character string which is a printable representation of the character c. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are displayed as is. The... |
getyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates
|
The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given window in the two integer variables y and x. If win is a subwindow, the getparyx macro places the beginning coordinates of the subwindow... |
get_myaddress(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
glob(3) -- generate pathnames matching a pattern
|
The glob() function is a pathname generator that implements the rules for file name pattern matching used by the shell. The include file defines the structure type glob_t, which contains at l... |
globfree(3) -- generate pathnames matching a pattern
|
The glob() function is a pathname generator that implements the rules for file name pattern matching used by the shell. The include file defines the structure type glob_t, which contains at l... |
gmtime(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
The ctime() function converts a time_t, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:2... |
gmtime_r(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
The ctime() function converts a time_t, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:2... |
group_from_gid(3) -- cache password and group entries
|
The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If... |
gtty(3) -- set and get terminal state (defunct)
|
These interfaces are obsoleted by ioctl(2). They are available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The stty() function sets the state of the terminal associated with fd. The gtty() function ret... |
gzclearerr(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzclose(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzdopen(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzeof(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzerror(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzflush(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzgetc(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzgets(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzopen(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzprintf(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzputc(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzputs(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzread(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzrewind(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzseek(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzsetparams(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gztell(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzungetc(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
gzwrite(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
halfdelay(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
hash(3) -- hash database access method
|
The routine dbopen() is the library interface to database files. One of the supported file formats is hash files. The general description of the database access methods is in dbopen(3). This manual pa... |
has_colors(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
|
Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ... |
has_ic(3) -- curses environment query routines
|
The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c... |
has_il(3) -- curses environment query routines
|
The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c... |
has_key(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
|
The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst... |
hcreate(3) -- manage hash search table
|
The hcreate(), hdestroy() and hsearch() functions manage hash search tables. The hcreate() function allocates and initializes the table. The nel argument specifies an estimate of the maximum number of... |
hdestroy(3) -- manage hash search table
|
The hcreate(), hdestroy() and hsearch() functions manage hash search tables. The hcreate() function allocates and initializes the table. The nel argument specifies an estimate of the maximum number of... |
heapsort(3) -- sort functions
|
The qsort() function is a modified partition-exchange sort, or quicksort. The heapsort() function is a modified selection sort. The mergesort() function is a modified merge sort with exponential searc... |
herror(3) -- get network host entry
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
hide_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
hid_dispose_report_desc(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_end_parse(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_get_data(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_get_item(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_get_report_desc(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_init(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_locate(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_parse_usage_in_page(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_parse_usage_page(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_report_size(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_set_data(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_start(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_start_parse(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_usage_in_page(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_usage_page(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
hid_use_report_desc(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
history(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
history_end(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
history_init(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libcurses library). Pro... |
hline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
|
The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. The argument ls is a character and attributes used for the left side of the border, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - b... |
HMAC(3) -- HMAC message authentication code
|
HMAC is a MAC (message authentication code), i.e. a keyed hash function used for message authentication, which is based on a hash function. HMAC() computes the message authentication code of the n byt... |
HMAC_cleanup(3) -- HMAC message authentication code
|
HMAC is a MAC (message authentication code), i.e. a keyed hash function used for message authentication, which is based on a hash function. HMAC() computes the message authentication code of the n byt... |
HMAC_Final(3) -- HMAC message authentication code
|
HMAC is a MAC (message authentication code), i.e. a keyed hash function used for message authentication, which is based on a hash function. HMAC() computes the message authentication code of the n byt... |
HMAC_Init(3) -- HMAC message authentication code
|
HMAC is a MAC (message authentication code), i.e. a keyed hash function used for message authentication, which is based on a hash function. HMAC() computes the message authentication code of the n byt... |
HMAC_Update(3) -- HMAC message authentication code
|
HMAC is a MAC (message authentication code), i.e. a keyed hash function used for message authentication, which is based on a hash function. HMAC() computes the message authentication code of the n byt... |
hosts_access(3) -- tcp wrapper access control library
|
The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request... |
hosts_ctl(3) -- tcp wrapper access control library
|
The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request... |
hsearch(3) -- manage hash search table
|
The hcreate(), hdestroy() and hsearch() functions manage hash search tables. The hcreate() function allocates and initializes the table. The nel argument specifies an estimate of the maximum number of... |
hstrerror(3) -- get network host entry
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
htobe16(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
htobe32(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
htobe64(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
htoi(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
htole16(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
htole32(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
htole64(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
htonl(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
htons(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
hypot(3) -- Euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions
|
The hypot() and cabs() functions compute the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. The hypotf() and cabsf() functions ar... |
hypotf(3) -- Euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions
|
The hypot() and cabs() functions compute the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. The hypotf() and cabsf() functions ar... |
i2d_DHparams(3) -- PKCS#3 DH parameter functions.
|
These functions decode and encode PKCS#3 DH parameters using the DHparameter structure described in PKCS#3. Othewise these behave in a similar way to d2i_X509() and i2d_X509() described in the d2i_X50... |
i2d_DSAparams(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
i2d_DSAPrivateKey(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
i2d_DSAPublicKey(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
i2d_DSA_SIG(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
i2d_Netscape_RSA(3) -- RSA public and private key encoding functions.
|
d2i_RSAPublicKey() and i2d_RSAPublicKey() decode and encode a PKCS#1 RSAPublicKey structure. d2i_RSA_PUBKEY() and i2d_RSA_PUBKEY() decode and encode an RSA public key using a SubjectPublicKeyInfo (cer... |
i2d_RSAPrivateKey(3) -- RSA public and private key encoding functions.
|
d2i_RSAPublicKey() and i2d_RSAPublicKey() decode and encode a PKCS#1 RSAPublicKey structure. d2i_RSA_PUBKEY() and i2d_RSA_PUBKEY() decode and encode an RSA public key using a SubjectPublicKeyInfo (cer... |
i2d_RSAPublicKey(3) -- RSA public and private key encoding functions.
|
d2i_RSAPublicKey() and i2d_RSAPublicKey() decode and encode a PKCS#1 RSAPublicKey structure. d2i_RSA_PUBKEY() and i2d_RSA_PUBKEY() decode and encode an RSA public key using a SubjectPublicKeyInfo (cer... |
i2d_SSL_SESSION(3) -- convert SSL_SESSION object from/to ASN1 representation
|
d2i_SSL_SESSION() transforms the external ASN1 representation of an SSL/TLS session, stored as binary data at location pp with length length, into an SSL_SESSION object. i2d_SSL_SESSION() transforms t... |
idcok(3) -- curses output options
|
These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin.... |
idlok(3) -- curses output options
|
These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin.... |
ieee(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
ieeef(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
if_freenameindex(3) -- convert interface index to name, and vice versa
|
These functions map interface indexes to interface names (such as ``lo0''), and vice versa. The if_nametoindex() function converts an interface name specified by the ifname argument to an interface ... |
if_indextoname(3) -- convert interface index to name, and vice versa
|
These functions map interface indexes to interface names (such as ``lo0''), and vice versa. The if_nametoindex() function converts an interface name specified by the ifname argument to an interface ... |
if_nameindex(3) -- convert interface index to name, and vice versa
|
These functions map interface indexes to interface names (such as ``lo0''), and vice versa. The if_nametoindex() function converts an interface name specified by the ifname argument to an interface ... |
if_nametoindex(3) -- convert interface index to name, and vice versa
|
These functions map interface indexes to interface names (such as ``lo0''), and vice versa. The if_nametoindex() function converts an interface name specified by the ifname argument to an interface ... |
ilogb(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
ilogbf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
immedok(3) -- curses output options
|
These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin.... |
inch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window
|
These routines return the character, of type chtype, at the current position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position, their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constant... |
inchnstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
|
These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ... |
inchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
|
These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ... |
index(3) -- locate first occurrence of a character in a string
|
The strchr() function locates the first occurrence of the character c in the string s. The terminating NUL character is considered part of the string. If c is ` ', strchr() locates the terminating ` ... |
inet(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
inet6_option_alloc(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
|
Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC 2292 defines a set of functions to help the applic... |
inet6_option_append(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
|
Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC 2292 defines a set of functions to help the applic... |
inet6_option_find(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
|
Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC 2292 defines a set of functions to help the applic... |
inet6_option_init(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
|
Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC 2292 defines a set of functions to help the applic... |
inet6_option_next(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
|
Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC 2292 defines a set of functions to help the applic... |
inet6_option_space(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
|
Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC 2292 defines a set of functions to help the applic... |
inet6_rthdr_add(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
RFC 2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required f... |
inet6_rthdr_getaddr(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
RFC 2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required f... |
inet6_rthdr_getflags(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
RFC 2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required f... |
inet6_rthdr_init(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
RFC 2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required f... |
inet6_rthdr_lasthop(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
RFC 2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required f... |
inet6_rthdr_reverse(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
RFC 2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required f... |
inet6_rthdr_segments(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
RFC 2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required f... |
inet6_rthdr_space(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
RFC 2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required f... |
inet_addr(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
inet_aton(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
inet_lnaof(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
inet_makeaddr(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
inet_net(3) -- Internet network number manipulation routines
|
The inet_net_ntop() function converts an Internet network number from network format (usually a struct in_addr or some other binary form, in network byte order) to CIDR presentation format (suitable f... |
inet_netof(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
inet_network(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
inet_net_ntop(3) -- Internet network number manipulation routines
|
The inet_net_ntop() function converts an Internet network number from network format (usually a struct in_addr or some other binary form, in network byte order) to CIDR presentation format (suitable f... |
inet_net_pton(3) -- Internet network number manipulation routines
|
The inet_net_ntop() function converts an Internet network number from network format (usually a struct in_addr or some other binary form, in network byte order) to CIDR presentation format (suitable f... |
inet_ntoa(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
inet_ntop(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
inet_pton(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
inflate(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
inflateBack(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
inflateBackEnd(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
inflateBackInit(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
inflateCopy(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
inflateEnd(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
inflateInit(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
inflateInit2(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
inflateReset(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
inflateSetDictionary(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
inflateSync(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
infnan(3) -- signals invalid floating-point operations on a VAX (temporary)
|
At some time in the future, some of the useful properties of the Infinities and NaNs in the IEEE standard 754 for Binary FloatingPoint Arithmetic will be simulated in UNIX on the DEC VAX by using its ... |
initgroups(3) -- initialize supplementary group IDs
|
The initgroups() function uses the getgrouplist(3) function to calculate the supplementary group IDs for the user specified in name. This group list is then set up for the current process using setgro... |
initscr(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
|
initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul... |
initstate(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
|
The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (... |
init_color(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
|
Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ... |
init_pair(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
|
Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ... |
innetgr(3) -- netgroup database operations
|
These functions operate on the netgroup database file /etc/netgroup.db which is described in netgroup(5). If that file does not exist, and the system supports YP, then the netgroup YP databases are us... |
innstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
|
These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th... |
insch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert the character ch before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possibility of the rightmost characte... |
insdelln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
|
The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio... |
insertln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
|
The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio... |
insnstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi... |
insque(3) -- insert/remove element from a queue
|
These interfaces have been superceded by the queue(3) macros and are pro- vided for compatibility with legacy code. insque() and remque() manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists. The queue ca... |
insstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi... |
instr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
|
These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th... |
intrflush(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
intro(3) -- introduction to the C libraries
|
The manual pages in section 3 provide an overview of the C library functions, their error returns, and other common definitions and concepts. Most of these functions are available from the C library, ... |
ipx(3) -- IPX address conversion routines
|
The routine ipx_addr() interprets character strings representing IPX addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ipx_ntoa() takes IPX addresses and returns AS... |
ipx_addr(3) -- IPX address conversion routines
|
The routine ipx_addr() interprets character strings representing IPX addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ipx_ntoa() takes IPX addresses and returns AS... |
ipx_ntoa(3) -- IPX address conversion routines
|
The routine ipx_addr() interprets character strings representing IPX addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ipx_ntoa() takes IPX addresses and returns AS... |
iruserok(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
The rcmd() function is used by the superuser to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. If the calling process is not setuid, the RSH envir... |
iruserok_sa(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
The rcmd() function is used by the superuser to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. If the calling process is not setuid, the RSH envir... |
isalnum(3) -- alphanumeric character test
|
The isalnum() macro tests for any character for which isalpha(3) or isdigit(3) is true. |
isalpha(3) -- alphabetic character test
|
The isalpha() function tests for any character for which isupper(3) or islower(3) is true and for which none of iscntrl(3), isdigit(3), ispunct(3), or isspace(3) is true. In the C locale, isalpha() re... |
isascii(3) -- ASCII character test
|
The isascii() function tests for an ASCII character, which is any character with a value less than or equal to 0177. |
isatty(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor
|
These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal type devices. These descriptors are not related to the standard I/O FILE typedef, but refer to the special device files found in /de... |
isblank(3) -- blank-space character test
|
The isblank() function tests for the standard blank-space characters. The standard blank-space characters are the following: ` ' Space character. Horizontal tab. In the C locale, isblank() returns tr... |
iscntrl(3) -- control character test
|
The iscntrl() function tests for any control character. |
isdigit(3) -- decimal-digit character test
|
The isdigit() function tests for any decimal-digit character. |
isendwin(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
|
initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul... |
isfdtype(3) -- determine whether a file descriptor is of a specific type
|
The isfdtype() function checks whether or not the file descriptor fd is of type fdtype. A list of possible file types may be found in stat(2) and the include file. |
isgraph(3) -- printing character test (space character exclusive)
|
The isgraph() function tests for any printing character except space (` '). |
isinf(3) -- test for infinity or not-anumber
|
The isinf() function returns 1 if the number n is Infinity, otherwise 0. The isinff() function is a single precision version of isinf(). The isnan() function returns 1 if the number n is ``not-anumber... |
isinff(3) -- test for infinity or not-anumber
|
The isinf() function returns 1 if the number n is Infinity, otherwise 0. The isinff() function is a single precision version of isinf(). The isnan() function returns 1 if the number n is ``not-anumber... |
islower(3) -- lower-case character test
|
The islower() function tests for any lower-case letter for which none of iscntrl(3), isdigit(3), ispunct(3), or isspace(3) is true. In the C locale, islower() returns true only for the characters defi... |
isnan(3) -- test for infinity or not-anumber
|
The isinf() function returns 1 if the number n is Infinity, otherwise 0. The isinff() function is a single precision version of isinf(). The isnan() function returns 1 if the number n is ``not-anumber... |
isnanf(3) -- test for infinity or not-anumber
|
The isinf() function returns 1 if the number n is Infinity, otherwise 0. The isinff() function is a single precision version of isinf(). The isnan() function returns 1 if the number n is ``not-anumber... |
isprint(3) -- printing character test (space character inclusive)
|
The isprint() function tests for any printing character including space (` '). |
ispunct(3) -- punctuation character test
|
The ispunct() function tests for any printing character except space (` ') or a character for which isalnum(3) is true. |
isspace(3) -- whitespace character test
|
The isspace() function tests for the standard whitespace characters for which isalnum(3) is false. The standard whitespace characters are the following: ` ' Space character. Form feed. NCarriage retu... |
isupper(3) -- upper-case character test
|
The isupper() function tests for any upper-case letter or any of an implementation-defined set of characters for which none of iscntrl(3), isdigit(3), ispunct(3), or isspace(3) is true. In the C local... |
isxdigit(3) -- hexadecimal-digit character test
|
The isxdigit() function tests for any hexadecimal-digit character. |
is_linetouched(3) -- curses refresh control routines
|
The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes... |
is_wintouched(3) -- curses refresh control routines
|
The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes... |
item_count(3) -- make and break connections between items and menus
|
The function set_menu_items changes the item pointer array of the given menu. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function menu_items returns the item array of the given menu. The function ite... |
item_description(3) -- get menu item name and description fields
|
The function item_name returns the name part of the given item. The function item_description returns the description part of the given item. |
item_index(3) -- set and get current_menu_item
|
The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). cur- rent_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row ... |
item_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call... |
item_name(3) -- get menu item name and description fields
|
The function item_name returns the name part of the given item. The function item_description returns the description part of the given item. |
item_opts(3) -- set and get menu item options
|
The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits (menu option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
item_opts_off(3) -- set and get menu item options
|
The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits (menu option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
item_opts_on(3) -- set and get menu item options
|
The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits (menu option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
item_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call... |
item_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item
|
Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field. |
item_value(3) -- set and get menu item values
|
If you turn off the menu option O_ONEVALUE (e.g., with set_menu_opts or menu_opts_off; see menu_opts(3)), the menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may simultaneously be selected. In ... |
item_visible(3) -- check visibility of a menu item
|
A menu item is visible when it is in the portion of a posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is scrollable, in particular, this portion will be smaller than the whole menu). |
j0(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
|
The functions j0() and j1() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the function jn() computes the Bessel function of the firs... |
j0f(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
|
The functions j0() and j1() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the function jn() computes the Bessel function of the firs... |
j1(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
|
The functions j0() and j1() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the function jn() computes the Bessel function of the firs... |
j1f(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
|
The functions j0() and j1() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the function jn() computes the Bessel function of the firs... |
jn(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
|
The functions j0() and j1() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the function jn() computes the Bessel function of the firs... |
jnf(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
|
The functions j0() and j1() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the function jn() computes the Bessel function of the firs... |
jrand48(3) -- pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
kafs(3) -- AFS library
|
k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs... |
keybound(3) -- return definition of keycode
|
This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an application to determine the string which is defined in the terminfo for specific keycodes. |
keycrunch(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
keyname(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
|
The unctrl macro expands to a character string which is a printable representation of the character c. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are displayed as is. The... |
keynote(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
keyok(3) -- enable or disable a keycode
|
This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an application to disable specific keycodes, rather than use the keypad function to disable all keycodes. Keys that have been disabled can be ree... |
keypad(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
killchar(3) -- curses environment query routines
|
The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c... |
killpg(3) -- send signal to a process group
|
killpg() sends the signal sig to the process group pgrp. See sigaction(2) for a list of signals. If pgrp is 0, killpg() sends the signal to the sending process's process group. The sending process an... |
kn_add_action(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_add_assertion(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_add_authorizer(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_cleanup_action_environment(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_close(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_decode_base64(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_decode_hex(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_decode_key(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_do_query(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_encode_base64(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_encode_hex(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_encode_key(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_free_key(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_get_authorizer(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_get_failed(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_get_licensees(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_get_string(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_init(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_keycompare(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_query(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_read_asserts(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_remove_action(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_remove_assertion(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_remove_authorizer(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_sign_assertion(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
kn_verify_assertion(3) -- a trust-management system library
|
For more details on keynote, see RFC 2704. keynote_errno contains an error code if some library call failed. Failed calls return -1 (if their return value is integer), or NULL (if their return value i... |
krb5_425_conv_principal(3) -- converts to and from version 4 principals
|
Converting between version 4 and version 5 principals can at best be described as a mess. A version 4 principal consists of a name, an instance, and a realm. A version 5 principal consists of one or m... |
krb5_425_conv_principal_ext(3) -- converts to and from version 4 principals
|
Converting between version 4 and version 5 principals can at best be described as a mess. A version 4 principal consists of a name, an instance, and a realm. A version 5 principal consists of one or m... |
krb5_524_conv_principal(3) -- converts to and from version 4 principals
|
Converting between version 4 and version 5 principals can at best be described as a mess. A version 4 principal consists of a name, an instance, and a realm. A version 5 principal consists of one or m... |
krb5_addlog_dest(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
krb5_addlog_func(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
krb5_appdefault(3) -- get application configuration value
|
These functions get application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These values will be lo... |
krb5_appdefault_boolean(3) -- get application configuration value
|
These functions get application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These values will be lo... |
krb5_appdefault_string(3) -- get application configuration value
|
These functions get application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These values will be lo... |
krb5_appdefault_time(3) -- get application configuration value
|
These functions get application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These values will be lo... |
krb5_auth_context(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_free(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_genaddrs(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_getaddrs(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_getflags(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_getkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_getlocalsubkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_getrcache(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_getremotesubkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_getuserkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_init(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_initivector(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_setaddrs(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_setaddrs_from_fd(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_setflags(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_setivector(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_setkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_setlocalsubkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_setrcache(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_setremotesubkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_con_setuserkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_getauthenticator(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_getcksumtype(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_getkeytype(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_getlocalseqnumber(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_getremoteseqnumber(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_setcksumtype(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_setkeytype(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_setlocalseqnumber(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_auth_setremoteseqnumber(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
krb5_build_principal(3) -- principal creation functions
|
These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre... |
krb5_build_principal_ext(3) -- principal creation functions
|
These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre... |
krb5_build_principal_va(3) -- principal creation functions
|
These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre... |
krb5_build_principal_va_ext(3) -- principal creation functions
|
These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre... |
krb5_checksumsize(3) -- creates and verifies checksums
|
These functions are used to create and verify checksums. krb5_create_checksum() creates a checksum of the specified data, and puts it in result. If crypto is NULL, usage_or_type specifies the checksum... |
krb5_checksum_is_collision_proof(3) -- creates and verifies checksums
|
These functions are used to create and verify checksums. krb5_create_checksum() creates a checksum of the specified data, and puts it in result. If crypto is NULL, usage_or_type specifies the checksum... |
krb5_checksum_is_keyed(3) -- creates and verifies checksums
|
These functions are used to create and verify checksums. krb5_create_checksum() creates a checksum of the specified data, and puts it in result. If crypto is NULL, usage_or_type specifies the checksum... |
krb5_closelog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
krb5_config(3) -- get configuration value
|
These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs... |
krb5_config_get_bool_default(3) -- get configuration value
|
These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs... |
krb5_config_get_int_default(3) -- get configuration value
|
These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs... |
krb5_config_get_string_default(3) -- get configuration value
|
These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs... |
krb5_config_get_time_default(3) -- get configuration value
|
These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs... |
krb5_context(3) -- krb5 state structure
|
The krb5_context structure is designed to hold all per thread state. All global variables that are context specific are stored in this structure, including default encryption types, credentials-cache ... |
krb5_create_checksum(3) -- creates and verifies checksums
|
These functions are used to create and verify checksums. krb5_create_checksum() creates a checksum of the specified data, and puts it in result. If crypto is NULL, usage_or_type specifies the checksum... |
krb5_crypto_destroy(3) -- initialize encryption context
|
These functions are used to initialize an encryption context that can be used to encrypt or checksum data. The krb5_crypt_init() initializes the encrytion context crypto. The key parameter is the key ... |
krb5_crypto_init(3) -- initialize encryption context
|
These functions are used to initialize an encryption context that can be used to encrypt or checksum data. The krb5_crypt_init() initializes the encrytion context crypto. The key parameter is the key ... |
krb5_decrypt(3) -- encrypt and decrypt data
|
These functions are used to encrypt and decrypt data. krb5_encrypt() puts the encrypted version of data (of size len) in result. If the encryption type supports using derived keys, usage should be the... |
krb5_decrypt_EncryptedData(3) -- encrypt and decrypt data
|
These functions are used to encrypt and decrypt data. krb5_encrypt() puts the encrypted version of data (of size len) in result. If the encryption type supports using derived keys, usage should be the... |
krb5_encrypt(3) -- encrypt and decrypt data
|
These functions are used to encrypt and decrypt data. krb5_encrypt() puts the encrypted version of data (of size len) in result. If the encryption type supports using derived keys, usage should be the... |
krb5_encrypt_EncryptedData(3) -- encrypt and decrypt data
|
These functions are used to encrypt and decrypt data. krb5_encrypt() puts the encrypted version of data (of size len) in result. If the encryption type supports using derived keys, usage should be the... |
krb5_err(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
krb5_errx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
krb5_free_context(3) -- create and delete krb5_context structures
|
The krb5_init_context() function initializes the context structure and reads the configration file /etc/kerberosV/krb5.conf. The structure should be freed by calling krb5_free_context() when it is no ... |
krb5_free_principal(3) -- principal free function
|
The krb5_free_principal() will free a principal that has been created with krb5_build_principal(), krb5_parse_name(), or with some other function. |
krb5_initlog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
krb5_init_context(3) -- create and delete krb5_context structures
|
The krb5_init_context() function initializes the context structure and reads the configration file /etc/kerberosV/krb5.conf. The structure should be freed by calling krb5_free_context() when it is no ... |
krb5_keytab(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_keytab_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_add_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_close(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_compare(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_copy_entry_contents(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_cursor(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_default(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_default_name(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_end_seq_get(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_free_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_get_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_get_name(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_next_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_ops(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_read_service_key(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_register(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_remove_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_resolve(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_kt_start_seq_get(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no... |
krb5_log(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
krb5_log_msg(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
krb5_make_principal(3) -- principal creation functions
|
These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre... |
krb5_openlog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
krb5_parse_name(3) -- string to principal conversion
|
krb5_parse_name() converts a string representation of a principal name to krb5_principal. The principal will point to allocated data that should be freed with krb5_free_principal(). The string should ... |
krb5_set_warn_dest(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
krb5_sname_to_principal(3) -- create a service principal
|
These functions create a ``service'' principal that can, for instance, be used to lookup a key in a keytab. For both these function the sname parameter will be used for the first component of the cr... |
krb5_sock_to_principal(3) -- create a service principal
|
These functions create a ``service'' principal that can, for instance, be used to lookup a key in a keytab. For both these function the sname parameter will be used for the first component of the cr... |
krb5_unparse_name(3) -- principal to string conversion
|
This function takes a principal, and will convert in to a printable representation with the same syntax as described in krb5_parse_name(3). *name will point to allocated data and should be freed by th... |
krb5_verify_checksum(3) -- creates and verifies checksums
|
These functions are used to create and verify checksums. krb5_create_checksum() creates a checksum of the specified data, and puts it in result. If crypto is NULL, usage_or_type specifies the checksum... |
krb5_verify_user(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.
|
The krb5_verify_user function verifies the password supplied by a user. The principal whose password will be verified is specified in principal. New tickets will be obtained as a side-effect and store... |
krb5_verify_user_lrealm(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.
|
The krb5_verify_user function verifies the password supplied by a user. The principal whose password will be verified is specified in principal. New tickets will be obtained as a side-effect and store... |
krb5_verr(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
krb5_verrx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
krb5_vlog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
krb5_vlog_msg(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
krb5_vwarn(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
krb5_vwarnx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
krb5_warn(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
krb5_warnx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
krb_afslog(3) -- AFS library
|
k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs... |
krb_afslog_uid(3) -- AFS library
|
k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs... |
kvm(3) -- kernel memory interface
|
The kvm library provides a uniform interface for accessing kernel virtual memory images, including live systems and crash dumps. Access to live systems is via /dev/mem while crash dumps can be examine... |
kvm_close(3) -- initialize kernel virtual memory access
|
The functions kvm_open() and kvm_openfiles() return a descriptor used to access kernel virtual memory via the kvm(3) library routines. Both active kernels and crash dumps are accessible through this i... |
kvm_dump(3) -- crash dump support functions
|
First note that the functions described here were designed to be used by savecore(8). The function kvm_dump_mkheader() checks if the physical memory file associated with kd contains a valid crash dump... |
kvm_dump_inval(3) -- crash dump support functions
|
First note that the functions described here were designed to be used by savecore(8). The function kvm_dump_mkheader() checks if the physical memory file associated with kd contains a valid crash dump... |
kvm_dump_mkheader(3) -- crash dump support functions
|
First note that the functions described here were designed to be used by savecore(8). The function kvm_dump_mkheader() checks if the physical memory file associated with kd contains a valid crash dump... |
kvm_dump_wrtheader(3) -- crash dump support functions
|
First note that the functions described here were designed to be used by savecore(8). The function kvm_dump_mkheader() checks if the physical memory file associated with kd contains a valid crash dump... |
kvm_getargv(3) -- access user process state
|
kvm_getprocs() returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value of op descri... |
kvm_getargv2(3) -- access user process state
|
kvm_getprocs() returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value of op descri... |
kvm_getenvv(3) -- access user process state
|
kvm_getprocs() returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value of op descri... |
kvm_getenvv2(3) -- access user process state
|
kvm_getprocs() returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value of op descri... |
kvm_geterr(3) -- get error message on kvm descriptor
|
This function returns a string describing the most recent error condition on the descriptor kd. The results are undefined if the most recent kvm(3) library call did not produce an error. The string re... |
kvm_getfiles(3) -- survey open files
|
kvm_getfiles() returns a (sub-)set of the open files in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of files returned. No predicates are currently ... |
kvm_getloadavg(3) -- get load average of the system
|
The kvm_getloadavg() function returns the number of processes in the system run queue of the kernel indicated by kd, averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assign... |
kvm_getproc2(3) -- access user process state
|
kvm_getprocs() returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value of op descri... |
kvm_getprocs(3) -- access user process state
|
kvm_getprocs() returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value of op descri... |
kvm_nlist(3) -- retrieve symbol table names from a kernel image
|
kvm_nlist() retrieves the symbol table entries indicated by the name list argument nl. This argument points to an array of nlist structures, terminated by an entry whose n_name field is NULL (see nlis... |
kvm_open(3) -- initialize kernel virtual memory access
|
The functions kvm_open() and kvm_openfiles() return a descriptor used to access kernel virtual memory via the kvm(3) library routines. Both active kernels and crash dumps are accessible through this i... |
kvm_openfiles(3) -- initialize kernel virtual memory access
|
The functions kvm_open() and kvm_openfiles() return a descriptor used to access kernel virtual memory via the kvm(3) library routines. Both active kernels and crash dumps are accessible through this i... |
kvm_read(3) -- read or write kernel virtual memory
|
The kvm_read() and kvm_write() functions are used to read and write kernel virtual memory (or a crash dump file). See kvm_open(3) or kvm_openfiles(3) for information regarding opening kernel virtual m... |
kvm_write(3) -- read or write kernel virtual memory
|
The kvm_read() and kvm_write() functions are used to read and write kernel virtual memory (or a crash dump file). See kvm_open(3) or kvm_openfiles(3) for information regarding opening kernel virtual m... |
k_afs_cell_of_file(3) -- AFS library
|
k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs... |
k_hasafs(3) -- AFS library
|
k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs... |
k_pioctl(3) -- AFS library
|
k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs... |
k_setpag(3) -- AFS library
|
k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs... |
k_unlog(3) -- AFS library
|
k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs... |
l64a(3) -- convert between 32-bit integer and radix-64 ASCII string
|
The a64l() and l64a() functions are used to maintain numbers stored in radix-64 ASCII characters. This is a notation by which 32-bit integers can be represented by up to six characters; each character... |
labs(3) -- return the absolute value of a long integer
|
The labs() function returns the absolute value of the long integer i. The llabs() function returns the absolute value of the long long integer j. |
lcong48(3) -- pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
ldexp(3) -- multiply floating-point number by integral power of 2
|
The ldexp() function multiplies a floating-point number by an integral power of 2. |
ldiv(3) -- return quotient and remainder from division
|
The ldiv() function computes the value num/denom and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named ldiv_t that contains two long integer members named quot and rem. |
leaveok(3) -- curses output options
|
These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin.... |
letoh16(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
letoh32(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
letoh64(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
lfind(3) -- linear searching routines
|
The functions lsearch(), and lfind() provide basic linear searching functionality. base is the pointer to the beginning of an array. The argument nelp is the current number of elements in the array, w... |
lgamma(3) -- log gamma functions
|
|
lgammaf(3) -- log gamma functions
|
|
lhash(3) -- dynamic hash table
|
This library implements dynamic hash tables. The hash table entries can be arbitrary structures. Usually they consist of key and value fields. lh_new() creates a new LHASH structure to store arbitrary... |
lh_delete(3) -- dynamic hash table
|
This library implements dynamic hash tables. The hash table entries can be arbitrary structures. Usually they consist of key and value fields. lh_new() creates a new LHASH structure to store arbitrary... |
lh_doall(3) -- dynamic hash table
|
This library implements dynamic hash tables. The hash table entries can be arbitrary structures. Usually they consist of key and value fields. lh_new() creates a new LHASH structure to store arbitrary... |
lh_doall_arg(3) -- dynamic hash table
|
This library implements dynamic hash tables. The hash table entries can be arbitrary structures. Usually they consist of key and value fields. lh_new() creates a new LHASH structure to store arbitrary... |
lh_error(3) -- dynamic hash table
|
This library implements dynamic hash tables. The hash table entries can be arbitrary structures. Usually they consist of key and value fields. lh_new() creates a new LHASH structure to store arbitrary... |
lh_free(3) -- dynamic hash table
|
This library implements dynamic hash tables. The hash table entries can be arbitrary structures. Usually they consist of key and value fields. lh_new() creates a new LHASH structure to store arbitrary... |
lh_insert(3) -- dynamic hash table
|
This library implements dynamic hash tables. The hash table entries can be arbitrary structures. Usually they consist of key and value fields. lh_new() creates a new LHASH structure to store arbitrary... |
lh_new(3) -- dynamic hash table
|
This library implements dynamic hash tables. The hash table entries can be arbitrary structures. Usually they consist of key and value fields. lh_new() creates a new LHASH structure to store arbitrary... |
lh_node_stats(3) -- LHASH statistics
|
The LHASH structure records statistics about most aspects of accessing the hash table. This is mostly a legacy of Eric Young writing this library for the reasons of implementing what looked like a nic... |
lh_node_stats_bio(3) -- LHASH statistics
|
The LHASH structure records statistics about most aspects of accessing the hash table. This is mostly a legacy of Eric Young writing this library for the reasons of implementing what looked like a nic... |
lh_node_usage_stats(3) -- LHASH statistics
|
The LHASH structure records statistics about most aspects of accessing the hash table. This is mostly a legacy of Eric Young writing this library for the reasons of implementing what looked like a nic... |
lh_node_usage_stats_bio(3) -- LHASH statistics
|
The LHASH structure records statistics about most aspects of accessing the hash table. This is mostly a legacy of Eric Young writing this library for the reasons of implementing what looked like a nic... |
lh_retrieve(3) -- dynamic hash table
|
This library implements dynamic hash tables. The hash table entries can be arbitrary structures. Usually they consist of key and value fields. lh_new() creates a new LHASH structure to store arbitrary... |
lh_stats(3) -- LHASH statistics
|
The LHASH structure records statistics about most aspects of accessing the hash table. This is mostly a legacy of Eric Young writing this library for the reasons of implementing what looked like a nic... |
lh_stats_bio(3) -- LHASH statistics
|
The LHASH structure records statistics about most aspects of accessing the hash table. This is mostly a legacy of Eric Young writing this library for the reasons of implementing what looked like a nic... |
link_addr(3) -- elementary address specification routines for link level access
|
The link_addr() function interprets character strings representing linklevel addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. link_ntoa() takes a link-level address and return... |
link_field(3) -- create and destroy form fields
|
The function new_field allocates a new field and initializes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and number of a... |
link_fieldtype(3) -- define validation-field types
|
The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable for data validation. You supply it with field_check, a predicate to check the validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempts t... |
link_ntoa(3) -- elementary address specification routines for link level access
|
The link_addr() function interprets character strings representing linklevel addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. link_ntoa() takes a link-level address and return... |
LIST_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_END(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_FIRST(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_HEAD(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_INIT(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_NEXT(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
LIST_REPLACE(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
llabs(3) -- return the absolute value of a long integer
|
The labs() function returns the absolute value of the long integer i. The llabs() function returns the absolute value of the long long integer j. |
localeconv(3) -- natural language formatting for C
|
The setlocale() function sets the C library's notion of natural language formatting style for particular sets of routines. Each such style is called a ``locale'' and is invoked using an appropriate... |
localtime(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
The ctime() function converts a time_t, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:2... |
localtime_r(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
The ctime() function converts a time_t, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:2... |
lockf(3) -- record locking on files
|
The lockf() function allows sections of a file to be locked with advisory-mode locks. Calls to lockf() from other processes which attempt to lock the locked file section will either return an error va... |
log(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expf() function is a single precision version of exp(). The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even ... |
log10(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expf() function is a single precision version of exp(). The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even ... |
log10f(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expf() function is a single precision version of exp(). The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even ... |
log1p(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expf() function is a single precision version of exp(). The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even ... |
log1pf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expf() function is a single precision version of exp(). The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even ... |
logb(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
logbf(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
logf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expf() function is a single precision version of exp(). The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even ... |
login(3) -- login utility functions
|
The login(), logout(), and logwtmp() functions operate on the database of current users in /var/run/utmp and on the logfile /var/log/wtmp of logins and logouts. The login() function updates the /var/r... |
login_cap(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
login_check_expire(3) -- check for password expiration
|
The login_check_expire() function is called by a BSD authentication login script to check whether the user's password entry, as described by pwd, has expired. If a class is specified, it is used inst... |
login_close(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
login_fbtab(3) -- implement device security based on /etc/fbtab
|
The login_fbtab() function reads the /etc/fbtab file and implements device security as described in the fbtab(5) manual page. |
login_getcapbool(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
login_getcapnum(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
login_getcapsize(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
login_getcapstr(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
login_getcaptime(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
login_getclass(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
login_getstyle(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
login_tty(3) -- tty utility functions
|
The openpty(), login_tty(), and forkpty() functions perform manipulations on ttys and pseudo-ttys. The openpty() function finds an available pseudo-tty and returns file descriptors for the master and ... |
logout(3) -- login utility functions
|
The login(), logout(), and logwtmp() functions operate on the database of current users in /var/run/utmp and on the logfile /var/log/wtmp of logins and logouts. The login() function updates the /var/r... |
logwtmp(3) -- login utility functions
|
The login(), logout(), and logwtmp() functions operate on the database of current users in /var/run/utmp and on the logfile /var/log/wtmp of logins and logouts. The login() function updates the /var/r... |
longjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by the ... |
longjmperror(3) -- non-local jumps
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by the ... |
longname(3) -- curses environment query routines
|
The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c... |
lrand48(3) -- pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
lsearch(3) -- linear searching routines
|
The functions lsearch(), and lfind() provide basic linear searching functionality. base is the pointer to the beginning of an array. The argument nelp is the current number of elements in the array, w... |
malloc(3) -- memory allocation and deallocation
|
The malloc() function allocates uninitialized space for an object whose size is specified by size. The malloc() function maintains multiple lists of free blocks according to size, allocating space fro... |
math(3) -- introduction to mathematical library functions
|
These functions constitute the C math library, libm. The link editor searches this library under the ``-lm'' option. Declarations for these functions may be obtained from the include file . |
mathf(3) -- introduction to mathematical library functions
|
These functions constitute the C math library, libm. The link editor searches this library under the ``-lm'' option. Declarations for these functions may be obtained from the include file . |
mcprint(3) -- ship binary data to printer
|
This function uses the mc5p or mc4 and mc5 capabilities, if they are present, to ship given data to a printer attached to the terminal. Note that the mcprint code has no way to do flow control with th... |
MD2(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
MD2_Final(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
MD2_Init(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
MD2_Update(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
MD4(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
md4(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD4Data(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD4End(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD4File(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD4FileChunk(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD4Final(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD4Init(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD4Pad(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD4Transform(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD4Update(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD4_Final(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
MD4_Init(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
MD4_Update(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
MD5(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
md5(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
md5crypt(3) -- DES encryption
|
The crypt() function performs password encryption based on the NBS Data Encryption Standard (DES). Additional code has been added to deter key search attempts and to use stronger hashing algorithms. T... |
MD5Data(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD5End(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD5File(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD5FileChunk(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD5Final(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD5Init(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD5Pad(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD5Transform(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD5Update(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
MD5_Final(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
MD5_Init(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
MD5_Update(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
memccpy(3) -- copy string until character found
|
The memccpy() function copies bytes from string src to string dst. If the character c (as converted to an unsigned char) occurs in the string src, the copy stops and a pointer to the byte after the co... |
memchr(3) -- locate byte in byte string
|
The memchr() function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to an unsigned char) in string b. |
memcmp(3) -- compare byte string
|
The memcmp() function compares byte string b1 against byte string b2. Both strings are assumed to be len bytes long. |
memcpy(3) -- copy bytes
|
The memcpy() function copies len bytes from buffer src to buffer dst. |
memmove(3) -- copy bytes
|
The memmove() function copies len bytes from buffer src to buffer dst. The two buffers may overlap; the copy is always done in a non-destructive manner. |
memset(3) -- write a byte to byte string
|
The memset() function writes len bytes of value c (converted to an unsigned char) to the string b. |
menu(3) -- curses extension for programming menus
|
The menu library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing menu systems on character-cell terminals. The library includes: item routines, which create and modify menu items; and menu rout... |
menu_attributes(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
|
The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio... |
menu_back(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
|
The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio... |
menu_cursor(3) -- position a menu's cursor
|
The function pos_menu_cursor restores the cursor to the current position associated with the menu's selected item. This is useful after curses routines have been called to do screen-painting in respo... |
menu_driver(3) -- command-processing loop of the menu system
|
Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it through menu_driver. This routine has three major input cases; either the input is a menu navigation request, it's a prin... |
menu_fore(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
|
The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio... |
menu_format(3) -- set and get menu sizes
|
The function set_menu_format sets the maximum display size of the given menu. If this size is too small to display all menu items, the menu will be made scrollable. If this size is larger than the men... |
menu_grey(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
|
The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio... |
menu_hook(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call... |
menu_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call... |
menu_items(3) -- make and break connections between items and menus
|
The function set_menu_items changes the item pointer array of the given menu. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function menu_items returns the item array of the given menu. The function ite... |
menu_mark(3) -- get and set the menu mark string
|
In order to make menu selections visible on older terminals without highlighting or color capability, the menu library marks selected items in a menu with a prefix string. The function set_menu_mark s... |
menu_new(3) -- create and destroy menus
|
The function new_menu creates a new menu connected to a specified item pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_menu disconnects menu from its item array and frees the storage ... |
menu_opts(3) -- set and get menu options
|
The function set_menu_opts sets all the given menu's option bits (menu option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function menu_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
menu_opts_off(3) -- set and get menu options
|
The function set_menu_opts sets all the given menu's option bits (menu option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function menu_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
menu_opts_on(3) -- set and get menu options
|
The function set_menu_opts sets all the given menu's option bits (menu option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function menu_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
menu_pad(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
|
The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio... |
menu_pattern(3) -- get and set a menu's pattern buffer
|
Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer. As input events that are printable ASCII characters come in, they are appended to this match buffer and tested for a match, as described in menu_driv... |
menu_post(3) -- write or erase menus from associated subwindows
|
The function post_menu displays a menu to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c... |
menu_requestname(3) -- handle printable menu request names
|
The function menu_request_name returns the printable name of a menu request code. The function menu_request_by_name searches in the nametable for a request with the given name and returns its request ... |
menu_request_by_name(3) -- handle printable menu request names
|
The function menu_request_name returns the printable name of a menu request code. The function menu_request_by_name searches in the nametable for a request with the given name and returns its request ... |
menu_request_name(3) -- handle printable menu request names
|
The function menu_request_name returns the printable name of a menu request code. The function menu_request_by_name searches in the nametable for a request with the given name and returns its request ... |
menu_spacing(3) -- Control spacing between menu items.
|
The function set_menu_spacing sets the spacing informations for the menu. spc_description controls the number of spaces between an item name and an item description. It must not be larger than TABSIZE... |
menu_sub(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
|
Every menu has an associated pair of curses windows. The menu window displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the menu that are currently avai... |
menu_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call... |
menu_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item
|
Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menudriver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set the menu user pointer field. |
menu_win(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
|
Every menu has an associated pair of curses windows. The menu window displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the menu that are currently avai... |
mergesort(3) -- sort functions
|
The qsort() function is a modified partition-exchange sort, or quicksort. The heapsort() function is a modified selection sort. The mergesort() function is a modified merge sort with exponential searc... |
meta(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
mitem_current(3) -- set and get current_menu_item
|
The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). cur- rent_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row ... |
mitem_name(3) -- get menu item name and description fields
|
The function item_name returns the name part of the given item. The function item_description returns the description part of the given item. |
mitem_new(3) -- create and destroy menu items
|
The function new_item allocates a new item and initializes it from the name and description pointers. Please notice that the item stores only the pointers to the name and description. Those pointers m... |
mitem_opts(3) -- set and get menu item options
|
The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits (menu option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
mitem_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item
|
Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field. |
mitem_value(3) -- set and get menu item values
|
If you turn off the menu option O_ONEVALUE (e.g., with set_menu_opts or menu_opts_off; see menu_opts(3)), the menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may simultaneously be selected. In ... |
mitem_visible(3) -- check visibility of a menu item
|
A menu item is visible when it is in the portion of a posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is scrollable, in particular, this portion will be smaller than the whole menu). |
mkdtemp(3) -- make temporary file name (unique)
|
The mktemp() function takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is unique and suitable for use by the application. The template may be any... |
mkstemp(3) -- make temporary file name (unique)
|
The mktemp() function takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is unique and suitable for use by the application. The template may be any... |
mkstemps(3) -- make temporary file name (unique)
|
The mktemp() function takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is unique and suitable for use by the application. The template may be any... |
mktemp(3) -- make temporary file name (unique)
|
The mktemp() function takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is unique and suitable for use by the application. The template may be any... |
mktime(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
The ctime() function converts a time_t, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:2... |
modf(3) -- extract signed integral and fractional values from
|
The modf() function breaks the argument value into integral and fractional parts, each of which has the same sign as the argument. It stores the integral part as a double in the object pointed to by i... |
moncontrol(3) -- control execution profile
|
An executable program compiled using the -pg option to cc(1) automatically includes calls to collect statistics for the gprof(1) call-graph execution profiler. In typical operation, profiling begins a... |
monstartup(3) -- control execution profile
|
An executable program compiled using the -pg option to cc(1) automatically includes calls to collect statistics for the gprof(1) call-graph execution profiler. In typical operation, profiling begins a... |
mouseinterval(3) -- mouse interface through curses
|
These functions provide an interface to mouse events from curses(3). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mouse... |
mousemask(3) -- mouse interface through curses
|
These functions provide an interface to mouse events from curses(3). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mouse... |
mouse_trafo(3) -- mouse interface through curses
|
These functions provide an interface to mouse events from curses(3). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mouse... |
move(3) -- move curses window cursor
|
These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line y and column x. This routine does not move the physical cursor of the terminal until refresh is called. The position specified is rela... |
move_field(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms
|
The function set_form_fields changes the field pointer array of the given form. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form. The function... |
move_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
mpool(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open() initializes a memory pool. The key a... |
mpool_close(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open() initializes a memory pool. The key a... |
mpool_delete(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open() initializes a memory pool. The key a... |
mpool_filter(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open() initializes a memory pool. The key a... |
mpool_get(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open() initializes a memory pool. The key a... |
mpool_new(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open() initializes a memory pool. The key a... |
mpool_open(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open() initializes a memory pool. The key a... |
mpool_put(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open() initializes a memory pool. The key a... |
mpool_sync(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open() initializes a memory pool. The key a... |
mrand48(3) -- pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
mul(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
mul_add(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
mvaddch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
|
The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad... |
mvaddchnstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
|
These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ... |
mvaddchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
|
These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ... |
mvaddnstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
|
These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a... |
mvaddstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
|
These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a... |
mvchgat(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
mvcur(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
mvdelch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window
|
These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the last character on the line is filled with a ... |
mvderwin(3) -- create curses windows
|
Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o... |
mvgetch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
|
The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst... |
mvgetnstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
|
The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ... |
mvgetstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
|
The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ... |
mvhline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
|
The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. The argument ls is a character and attributes used for the left side of the border, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - b... |
mvinch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window
|
These routines return the character, of type chtype, at the current position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position, their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constant... |
mvinchnstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
|
These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ... |
mvinchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
|
These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ... |
mvinnstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
|
These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th... |
mvinsch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert the character ch before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possibility of the rightmost characte... |
mvinsnstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi... |
mvinsstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi... |
mvinstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
|
These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th... |
mvprintw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
|
The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the ... |
mvscanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
|
The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssca... |
mvvline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
|
The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. The argument ls is a character and attributes used for the left side of the border, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - b... |
mvwaddch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
|
The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad... |
mvwaddchnstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
|
These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ... |
mvwaddchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
|
These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ... |
mvwaddnstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
|
These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a... |
mvwaddstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
|
These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a... |
mvwchgat(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
mvwdelch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window
|
These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the last character on the line is filled with a ... |
mvwgetch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
|
The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst... |
mvwgetnstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
|
The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ... |
mvwgetstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
|
The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ... |
mvwhline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
|
The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. The argument ls is a character and attributes used for the left side of the border, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - b... |
mvwin(3) -- create curses windows
|
Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o... |
mvwinch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window
|
These routines return the character, of type chtype, at the current position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position, their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constant... |
mvwinchnstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
|
These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ... |
mvwinchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
|
These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ... |
mvwinnstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
|
These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th... |
mvwinsch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert the character ch before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possibility of the rightmost characte... |
mvwinsnstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi... |
mvwinsstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi... |
mvwinstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
|
These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th... |
mvwprintw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
|
The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the ... |
mvwscanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
|
The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssca... |
mvwvline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
|
The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. The argument ls is a character and attributes used for the left side of the border, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - b... |
napms(3) -- low-level curses routines
|
The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ... |
ncurses(3) -- CRT screen handling and optimization package
|
The curses library routines give the user a terminal-independent method of updating character screens with reasonable optimization. This implementation is ``new curses'' (ncurses) and is the approve... |
ndbm(3) -- database access methods
|
These functions provide a ndbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbi... |
network(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
net_addrcmp(3) -- compare socket address structures
|
The net_addrcmp() function compares two socket address structures, sa1 and sa2. |
newpad(3) -- create and display curses pads
|
The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the... |
newterm(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
|
initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul... |
newwin(3) -- create curses windows
|
Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o... |
new_field(3) -- create and destroy form fields
|
The function new_field allocates a new field and initializes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and number of a... |
new_fieldtype(3) -- define validation-field types
|
The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable for data validation. You supply it with field_check, a predicate to check the validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempts t... |
new_form(3) -- create and destroy forms
|
The function new_form creates a new form connected to a specified field pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_form disconnects form from its field array and frees the storag... |
new_item(3) -- create and destroy menu items
|
The function new_item allocates a new item and initializes it from the name and description pointers. Please notice that the item stores only the pointers to the name and description. Those pointers m... |
new_menu(3) -- create and destroy menus
|
The function new_menu creates a new menu connected to a specified item pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_menu disconnects menu from its item array and frees the storage ... |
new_page(3) -- form pagination functions
|
The function set_new_page sets or resets a flag marking the given field as the beginning of a new page on its form. The function new_page is a predicate which tests if a given field marks a page begin... |
new_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
nextafter(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
nextafterf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
nextkey(3) -- database subroutines
|
These functions provide a dbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbit... |
nftw(3) -- traverse (walk) a file tree
|
These functions are provided for compatibility with legacy code. New code should use the fts(3) functions. The ftw() and nftw() functions traverse (walk) the directory hierarchy rooted in path. For ea... |
nice(3) -- change process scheduling priority
|
This interface is obsoleted by setpriority(2). The nice() function adds the value specified in incr to the scheduling priority of the invoking process. incr is an integer such that the resulting sched... |
nl(3) -- curses output options
|
These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin.... |
nlist(3) -- retrieve symbol table name list from an executable file
|
The nlist() function retrieves name list entries from the symbol table of an executable file. (See a.out(5).) The argument nl is set to reference the beginning of the list. The list is preened of bina... |
nl_langinfo(3) -- get locale information
|
The nl_langinfo() function returns a pointer to a string containing information set by the program's locale. The names and values of item are defined in . |
nocbreak(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
nodelay(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
noecho(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
nonl(3) -- curses output options
|
These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin.... |
noqiflush(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
noraw(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
notimeout(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
nrand48(3) -- pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
ns(3) -- Xerox NS(tm) address conversion routines
|
The routine ns_addr() interprets character strings representing XNS addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ns_ntoa() takes XNS addresses and returns ASCI... |
ns_addr(3) -- Xerox NS(tm) address conversion routines
|
The routine ns_addr() interprets character strings representing XNS addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ns_ntoa() takes XNS addresses and returns ASCI... |
ns_ntoa(3) -- Xerox NS(tm) address conversion routines
|
The routine ns_addr() interprets character strings representing XNS addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ns_ntoa() takes XNS addresses and returns ASCI... |
ntoa(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta... |
ntohl(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
ntohs(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
OBJ_nid2sn(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
OBJ_obj2nid(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init() initializes cipher contex ctx. EVP_EncryptInit_ex() sets up cipher context ctx for encryption wit... |
ocurses(3) -- screen functions with ``optimal'' cursor motion
|
These routines give the user a method of updating screens with reasonable optimization. They keep an image of the current screen, and the user sets up an image of a new one. Then refresh() tells the r... |
ohash_create_entry(3) -- helper functions for open hashing
|
These functions are commonly used to simplify open hashing usage, and use similar conventions. They operate indifferently on nullterminated strings (by setting *pend = NULL) or memory ranges (delimite... |
ohash_delete(3) -- light-weight open hashing
|
Those functions have been designed as a fast, extensible alternative to the usual hash table functions. They provide storage and retrieval of records indexed by keys, where a key is a contiguous seque... |
ohash_entries(3) -- light-weight open hashing
|
Those functions have been designed as a fast, extensible alternative to the usual hash table functions. They provide storage and retrieval of records indexed by keys, where a key is a contiguous seque... |
ohash_find(3) -- light-weight open hashing
|
Those functions have been designed as a fast, extensible alternative to the usual hash table functions. They provide storage and retrieval of records indexed by keys, where a key is a contiguous seque... |
ohash_first(3) -- light-weight open hashing
|
Those functions have been designed as a fast, extensible alternative to the usual hash table functions. They provide storage and retrieval of records indexed by keys, where a key is a contiguous seque... |
ohash_init(3) -- light-weight open hashing
|
Those functions have been designed as a fast, extensible alternative to the usual hash table functions. They provide storage and retrieval of records indexed by keys, where a key is a contiguous seque... |
ohash_insert(3) -- light-weight open hashing
|
Those functions have been designed as a fast, extensible alternative to the usual hash table functions. They provide storage and retrieval of records indexed by keys, where a key is a contiguous seque... |
ohash_interval(3) -- helper functions for open hashing
|
These functions are commonly used to simplify open hashing usage, and use similar conventions. They operate indifferently on nullterminated strings (by setting *pend = NULL) or memory ranges (delimite... |
ohash_lookup_interval(3) -- light-weight open hashing
|
Those functions have been designed as a fast, extensible alternative to the usual hash table functions. They provide storage and retrieval of records indexed by keys, where a key is a contiguous seque... |
ohash_lookup_memory(3) -- light-weight open hashing
|
Those functions have been designed as a fast, extensible alternative to the usual hash table functions. They provide storage and retrieval of records indexed by keys, where a key is a contiguous seque... |
ohash_next(3) -- light-weight open hashing
|
Those functions have been designed as a fast, extensible alternative to the usual hash table functions. They provide storage and retrieval of records indexed by keys, where a key is a contiguous seque... |
ohash_qlookup(3) -- helper functions for open hashing
|
These functions are commonly used to simplify open hashing usage, and use similar conventions. They operate indifferently on nullterminated strings (by setting *pend = NULL) or memory ranges (delimite... |
ohash_qlookupi(3) -- helper functions for open hashing
|
These functions are commonly used to simplify open hashing usage, and use similar conventions. They operate indifferently on nullterminated strings (by setting *pend = NULL) or memory ranges (delimite... |
ohash_remove(3) -- light-weight open hashing
|
Those functions have been designed as a fast, extensible alternative to the usual hash table functions. They provide storage and retrieval of records indexed by keys, where a key is a contiguous seque... |
opendev(3) -- short form device open routine
|
The opendev() function opens a device using the ``short form'' name. This is typically ``sd0'' or ``sd0c'', for instance, which will be expanded to /dev/rsd0c on most architectures. Device name ... |
opendir(3) -- directory operations
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it, and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. A null ... |
opendisk(3) -- open a disk's ``raw'' partition
|
opendisk() opens path, for reading and/or writing as specified by the argument flags using open(2), and the file descriptor is returned to the caller. buf is used to store the resultant filename. bufl... |
openlog(3) -- control system log
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (see sys... |
openlog_r(3) -- control system log
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (see sys... |
openpty(3) -- tty utility functions
|
The openpty(), login_tty(), and forkpty() functions perform manipulations on ttys and pseudo-ttys. The openpty() function finds an available pseudo-tty and returns file descriptors for the master and ... |
OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms(3) -- add algorithms to internal table
|
OpenSSL keeps an internal table of digest algorithms and ciphers. It uses this table to lookup ciphers via functions such as EVP_get_cipher_byname(). OpenSSL_add_all_digests() adds all digest algorith... |
OpenSSL_add_all_ciphers(3) -- add algorithms to internal table
|
OpenSSL keeps an internal table of digest algorithms and ciphers. It uses this table to lookup ciphers via functions such as EVP_get_cipher_byname(). OpenSSL_add_all_digests() adds all digest algorith... |
OpenSSL_add_all_digests(3) -- add algorithms to internal table
|
OpenSSL keeps an internal table of digest algorithms and ciphers. It uses this table to lookup ciphers via functions such as EVP_get_cipher_byname(). OpenSSL_add_all_digests() adds all digest algorith... |
OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms(3) -- initialize SSL library by registering algorithms
|
SSL_library_init() registers the available ciphers and digests. OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() and SSLeay_add_ssl_algo- rithms() are synonyms for SSL_library_init(). |
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER(3) -- get OpenSSL version number
|
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER is a numeric release version identifier: MMNNFFPPS: major minor fix patch status The status nibble has one of the values 0 for development, 1 to e for betas 1 to 14, and f for r... |
ossaudio(3) -- OSS audio emulation
|
The ossaudio library provides an emulation of the OSS (Linux) audio interface. Use the native interface for new programs and the emulation library only for porting programs. |
otermcap(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). This version of these routines has b... |
overlay(3) -- overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows
|
The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin on top of dstwin. scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the same size; only text where the two windows overlap is copied. The difference is that ov... |
overwrite(3) -- overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows
|
The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin on top of dstwin. scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the same size; only text where the two windows overlap is copied. The difference is that ov... |
pair_content(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
|
Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ... |
PAIR_NUMBER(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
panel_above(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
panel_below(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
panel_hidden(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
panel_userptr(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
panel_window(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
pause(3) -- stop until signal
|
Pause is made obsolete by sigsuspend(2). The pause() function forces a process to pause until a signal is received from either the kill(2) function or an interval timer (see setitimer(2)). Upon termin... |
pcap(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_close(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_compile(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_datalink(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_dispatch(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_dump(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_dump_close(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_dump_open(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_file(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_fileno(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_freecode(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_geterr(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_inject(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_is_swapped(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_lookupdev(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_lookupnet(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_loop(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_major_version(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_minor_version(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_next(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_open_live(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_open_offline(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_perror(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_setfilter(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_snapshot(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_stats(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pcap_strerror(3) -- Packet Capture library
|
pcap provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
pclose(3) -- process I/O
|
The popen() function ``opens'' a process by creating a pipe, forking, and invoking the shell. Since a pipe is by definition unidirectional, the type argument may specify only reading or writing, not... |
pechochar(3) -- create and display curses pads
|
The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the... |
perror(3) -- write error messages to standard error
|
The perror() function looks up the language-dependent error message string affiliated with an error number and writes it, followed by a newline, to the standard error stream. If the argument string is... |
pidfile(3) -- write a daemon pid file
|
pidfile() writes a file containing the process ID of the program to the /var/run directory. The file name has the form /var/run/basename.pid. If the basename argument is NULL, pidfile will determine t... |
pmap_getmaps(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
pmap_getport(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
pmap_rmtcall(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
pmap_set(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
pmap_unset(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
pnoutrefresh(3) -- create and display curses pads
|
The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the... |
popen(3) -- process I/O
|
The popen() function ``opens'' a process by creating a pipe, forking, and invoking the shell. Since a pipe is by definition unidirectional, the type argument may specify only reading or writing, not... |
posix1e(3) -- introduction to the POSIX.1e security API
|
The IEEE POSIX.1e specification never left draft form, but the interfaces it describes are now widely used despite inherent limitations. Currently, only a few of the interfaces and features are implem... |
posix2time(3) -- convert seconds since the Epoch
|
IEEE Standard 1003.1 (POSIX) legislates that a time_t value of 536457599 shall correspond to "Wed Dec 31 23:59:59 UTC 1986." This effectively implies that a POSIX time_t cannot include leap seconds ... |
post_form(3) -- write or erase forms from associated subwindows
|
The function post_form displays a form to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c... |
post_menu(3) -- write or erase menus from associated subwindows
|
The function post_menu displays a menu to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c... |
pos_form_cursor(3) -- position a form window cursor
|
The function pos_form_cursor restores the cursor to the position required for the forms driver to continue processing requests. This is useful after curses routines have been called to do screen-paint... |
pos_menu_cursor(3) -- position a menu's cursor
|
The function pos_menu_cursor restores the cursor to the current position associated with the menu's selected item. This is useful after curses routines have been called to do screen-painting in respo... |
pow(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expf() function is a single precision version of exp(). The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even ... |
powf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expf() function is a single precision version of exp(). The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even ... |
prefresh(3) -- create and display curses pads
|
The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the... |
printf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
The printf() family of functions produce output according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, depend o... |
printw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
|
The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the ... |
psignal(3) -- system signal messages
|
The psignal() function locates the descriptive message string for the given signal number sig and writes it to the standard error. If the argument s is not NULL it is written to the standard error fil... |
pthreads(3) -- POSIX 1003.1c thread interface
|
A thread is a flow of control within a process. Each thread represents a minimal amount of state; normally just the CPU state and a signal mask. All other process state (such as memory, file descripto... |
pthread_attr_destroy(3) -- initialise and destroy threads attribute object
|
The function pthread_attr_init() initialises a thread attributes object attr with the default value for all of the individual attributes used by a given implementation. The resulting attribute object ... |
pthread_attr_getdetachstate(3) -- set and get detachstate attribute
|
The detachstate attribute controls whether the thread is created in a detached state. If the thread is created detached, then use of the ID of the newly created thread by the pthread_detach(3) or pthr... |
pthread_attr_getstackaddr(3) -- set and get stackaddr attribute
|
The functions pthread_attr_setstackaddr() and pthread_attr_getstackaddr(), respectively, set and get the thread creation stackaddr attribute in the attr object. The stackaddr attribute specifies the l... |
pthread_attr_getstacksize(3) -- set and get stacksize attribute
|
The functions pthread_attr_setstacksize() and pthread_attr_getstacksize(), respectively, set and get the thread creation stacksize attribute in the attr object. The stacksize attribute defines the min... |
pthread_attr_init(3) -- initialise and destroy threads attribute object
|
The function pthread_attr_init() initialises a thread attributes object attr with the default value for all of the individual attributes used by a given implementation. The resulting attribute object ... |
pthread_attr_setdetachstate(3) -- set and get detachstate attribute
|
The detachstate attribute controls whether the thread is created in a detached state. If the thread is created detached, then use of the ID of the newly created thread by the pthread_detach(3) or pthr... |
pthread_attr_setstackaddr(3) -- set and get stackaddr attribute
|
The functions pthread_attr_setstackaddr() and pthread_attr_getstackaddr(), respectively, set and get the thread creation stackaddr attribute in the attr object. The stackaddr attribute specifies the l... |
pthread_attr_setstacksize(3) -- set and get stacksize attribute
|
The functions pthread_attr_setstacksize() and pthread_attr_getstacksize(), respectively, set and get the thread creation stacksize attribute in the attr object. The stacksize attribute defines the min... |
pthread_cancel(3) -- cancel execution of a thread
|
The pthread_cancel() function requests that thread be cancelled. The target thread's cancelability state and type determines when the cancellation takes effect. When the cancellation is acted on, the... |
pthread_cleanup_pop(3) -- call the first cleanup routine
|
The pthread_cleanup_pop() function pops the top cleanup routine off of the current thread's cleanup routine stack, and, if execute is non-zero, it will execute the function. If there is no cleanup ro... |
pthread_cleanup_push(3) -- add a cleanup function for thread exit
|
The pthread_cleanup_push() function adds cleanup_routine to the top of the stack of cleanup handlers that get called when the current thread exits. When cleanup_routine is called, it is passed arg as ... |
pthread_cond_broadcast(3) -- unblock all threads waiting for a condition variable
|
The pthread_cond_broadcast() function unblocks all threads waiting for the condition variable cond. |
pthread_cond_destroy(3) -- destroy a condition variable
|
The pthread_cond_destroy() function frees the resources allocated by the condition variable cond. |
pthread_cond_init(3) -- create a condition variable
|
The pthread_cond_init() function creates a new condition variable, with attributes specified with attr. If attr is NULL the default attributes are used. |
pthread_cond_signal(3) -- unblock a thread waiting for a condition variable
|
The pthread_cond_signal() function unblocks one thread waiting for the condition variable cond. |
pthread_cond_timedwait(3) -- wait on a condition variable for a specific amount of time
|
The pthread_cond_timedwait() function atomically blocks the current thread waiting on the condition variable specified by cond, and unblocks the mutex specified by mutex. The waiting thread unblocks o... |
pthread_cond_wait(3) -- wait on a condition variable
|
The pthread_cond_wait() function atomically blocks the current thread waiting on the condition variable specified by cond, and unblocks the mutex specified by mutex. The waiting thread unblocks only a... |
pthread_create(3) -- create a new thread
|
The pthread_create() function is used to create a new thread, with attributes specified by attr, within a process. If attr is NULL, the default attributes are used. If the attributes specified by attr... |
pthread_detach(3) -- detach a thread
|
The pthread_detach() function is used to indicate to the implementation that storage for the thread thread can be reclaimed when the thread terminates. If thread has not terminated, pthread_detach() w... |
pthread_equal(3) -- compare thread IDs
|
The pthread_equal() function compares the thread IDs t1 and t2. |
pthread_exit(3) -- terminate the calling thread
|
The pthread_exit() function terminates the calling thread and makes the value value_ptr available to any successful join with the terminating thread. Any cancellation cleanup handlers that have been p... |
pthread_getconcurrency(3) -- get or set level of concurrency
|
The pthread_getconcurrency() function allows an application to inform the threads implementation of its desired concurrency level, new_level. The actual level of concurrency provided by the implementa... |
pthread_getschedparam(3) -- thread scheduling parameter manipulation
|
The pthread_setschedparam() and pthread_getschedparam() functions set and get the scheduling parameters of individual threads. The scheduling policy for a thread can either be SCHED_FIFO (first in, fi... |
pthread_getspecific(3) -- get a thread-specific data value
|
The pthread_getspecific() function returns the value currently bound to the specified key on behalf of the calling thread. The effect of calling pthread_getspecific() with a key value not obtained fro... |
pthread_join(3) -- wait for thread termination
|
The pthread_join() function suspends execution of the calling thread until the target thread terminates unless the target thread has already terminated. On return from a successful pthread_join() call... |
pthread_key_create(3) -- thread-specific data key creation
|
The pthread_key_create() function creates a thread-specific data key visible to all threads in the process. Key values provided by pthread_key_create() are opaque objects used to locate thread-specifi... |
pthread_key_delete(3) -- delete a thread-specific data key
|
The pthread_key_delete() function deletes a thread-specific data key previously returned by pthread_key_create(). The thread-specific data values associated with key need not be NULL at the time that ... |
pthread_kill(3) -- send a signal to a specified thread
|
The pthread_kill() function sends a signal, specified by sig, to a thread, specified by thread. If sig is 0, error checking is performed, but no signal is actually sent. |
pthread_main_np(3) -- identify the main thread
|
The pthread_main_np() function identifies the main thread. |
pthread_multi_np(3) -- switch thread scheduling mode
|
The pthread_single_np() function causes the process to enter singlethreaded (non-POSIX) scheduling mode. The pthread_multi_np() function causes the process to return to multithreaded scheduling mode. |
pthread_mutexattr(3) -- mutex attribute operations
|
Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt... |
pthread_mutexattr_destroy(3) -- mutex attribute operations
|
Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt... |
pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling(3) -- mutex attribute operations
|
Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt... |
pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol(3) -- mutex attribute operations
|
Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt... |
pthread_mutexattr_getpshared(3) -- mutex attribute operations
|
Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt... |
pthread_mutexattr_gettype(3) -- mutex attribute operations
|
Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt... |
pthread_mutexattr_init(3) -- mutex attribute operations
|
Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt... |
pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling(3) -- mutex attribute operations
|
Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt... |
pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol(3) -- mutex attribute operations
|
Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt... |
pthread_mutexattr_setpshared(3) -- mutex attribute operations
|
Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt... |
pthread_mutexattr_settype(3) -- mutex attribute operations
|
Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt... |
pthread_mutex_destroy(3) -- free resources allocated for a mutex
|
The pthread_mutex_destroy() function frees the resources allocated for mutex. |
pthread_mutex_init(3) -- create a mutex
|
The pthread_mutex_init() function creates a new mutex, with attributes specified with attr. If attr is NULL the default attributes are used. |
pthread_mutex_lock(3) -- lock a mutex
|
The pthread_mutex_lock() function locks mutex. If the mutex is already locked, the calling thread will block until the mutex becomes available. |
pthread_mutex_trylock(3) -- attempt to lock a mutex without blocking
|
The pthread_mutex_trylock() function locks mutex. If the mutex is already locked, pthread_mutex_trylock() will not block waiting for the mutex, but will return an error condition. |
pthread_mutex_unlock(3) -- unlock a mutex
|
If the current thread holds the lock on mutex, then the pthread_mutex_unlock() function unlocks mutex. |
pthread_once(3) -- dynamic package initialization
|
The first call to pthread_once() by any thread in a process, with a given once_control, will call the init_routine() with no arguments. Subsequent calls to pthread_once() with the same once_control wi... |
pthread_resume_all_np(3) -- suspend and resume thread(s)
|
The pthread_suspend_np() function interrupts the given thread and places it in a suspended state. The pthread_suspend_all_np() function interrupts all threads except the current thread and places them... |
pthread_resume_np(3) -- suspend and resume thread(s)
|
The pthread_suspend_np() function interrupts the given thread and places it in a suspended state. The pthread_suspend_all_np() function interrupts all threads except the current thread and places them... |
pthread_rwlockattr_destroy(3) -- destroy a read/write lock
|
The pthread_rwlockattr_destroy() function is used to destroy a read/write lock attribute object previously created with pthread_rwlockattr_init(). |
pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared(3) -- get the process shared attribute
|
The pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared() function is used to get the process shared setting of a read/write lock attribute object. The setting is returned via pshared, and may be one of two values: PTHREAD... |
pthread_rwlockattr_init(3) -- initialize a read/write lock
|
The pthread_rwlockattr_init() function is used to initialize a read/write lock attributes object. |
pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared(3) -- set the process shared attribute
|
The pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared() function sets the process shared attribute of attr to the value referenced by pshared. pshared may be one of two values: PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED Any thread of any pr... |
pthread_rwlock_destroy(3) -- destroy a read/write lock
|
The pthread_rwlock_destroy() function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with pthread_rwlock_init(). |
pthread_rwlock_init(3) -- initialize a read/write lock
|
The pthread_rwlock_init() function is used to initialize a read/write lock, with attributes specified by attr. If attr is NULL, the default read/write lock attributes are used. The results of calling ... |
pthread_rwlock_rdlock(3) -- acquire a read/write lock for reading
|
The pthread_rwlock_rdlock() function acquires a read lock on lock provided that lock is not presently held for writing and no writer threads are presently blocked on the lock. If the read lock cannot ... |
pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(3) -- acquire a read/write lock for reading
|
The pthread_rwlock_rdlock() function acquires a read lock on lock provided that lock is not presently held for writing and no writer threads are presently blocked on the lock. If the read lock cannot ... |
pthread_rwlock_trywrlock(3) -- acquire a read/write lock for writing
|
The pthread_rwlock_wrlock() function blocks until a write lock can be acquired against lock. The pthread_rwlock_trywrlock() function performs the same action, but does not block if the lock cannot be ... |
pthread_rwlock_unlock(3) -- release a read/write lock
|
The pthread_rwlock_unlock() function is used to release the read/write lock previously obtained by pthread_rwlock_rdlock(), pthread_rwlock_wrlock(), pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(), or pthread_rwlock_trywr... |
pthread_rwlock_wrlock(3) -- acquire a read/write lock for writing
|
The pthread_rwlock_wrlock() function blocks until a write lock can be acquired against lock. The pthread_rwlock_trywrlock() function performs the same action, but does not block if the lock cannot be ... |
pthread_schedparam(3) -- thread scheduling parameter manipulation
|
The pthread_setschedparam() and pthread_getschedparam() functions set and get the scheduling parameters of individual threads. The scheduling policy for a thread can either be SCHED_FIFO (first in, fi... |
pthread_self(3) -- get the calling thread's ID
|
The pthread_self() function returns the thread ID of the calling thread. |
pthread_setcancelstate(3) -- set cancelability state
|
The pthread_setcancelstate() function atomically both sets the calling thread's cancelability state to the indicated state and, if oldstate is not NULL, returns the previous cancelability state at th... |
pthread_setcanceltype(3) -- set cancelability state
|
The pthread_setcancelstate() function atomically both sets the calling thread's cancelability state to the indicated state and, if oldstate is not NULL, returns the previous cancelability state at th... |
pthread_setconcurrency(3) -- get or set level of concurrency
|
The pthread_getconcurrency() function allows an application to inform the threads implementation of its desired concurrency level, new_level. The actual level of concurrency provided by the implementa... |
pthread_setschedparam(3) -- thread scheduling parameter manipulation
|
The pthread_setschedparam() and pthread_getschedparam() functions set and get the scheduling parameters of individual threads. The scheduling policy for a thread can either be SCHED_FIFO (first in, fi... |
pthread_setspecific(3) -- set a thread-specific data value
|
The pthread_setspecific() function associates a thread-specific value with a key obtained via a previous call to pthread_key_create(). Different threads may bind different values to the same key. Thes... |
pthread_set_name_np(3) -- set the name of a thread
|
The pthread_set_name_np() function associates name with thread. This can be useful for debugging, as the name is displayed in the thread status as displayed when the process receives the SIGINFO signa... |
pthread_sigmask(3) -- examine and/or change a thread's signal mask
|
The pthread_sigmask() function examines and/or changes the calling thread's signal mask. If set is not NULL, it specifies a set of signals to be modified, and how specifies what to set the signal mas... |
pthread_single_np(3) -- switch thread scheduling mode
|
The pthread_single_np() function causes the process to enter singlethreaded (non-POSIX) scheduling mode. The pthread_multi_np() function causes the process to return to multithreaded scheduling mode. |
pthread_stackseg_np(3) -- return stack size and location
|
The pthread_stackseg_np() function returns information about the given thread's stack. A stack_t is the same as a struct sigaltstack (see sigaltstack(2)) except the ss_sp variable points to the top o... |
pthread_suspend_all_np(3) -- suspend and resume thread(s)
|
The pthread_suspend_np() function interrupts the given thread and places it in a suspended state. The pthread_suspend_all_np() function interrupts all threads except the current thread and places them... |
pthread_suspend_np(3) -- suspend and resume thread(s)
|
The pthread_suspend_np() function interrupts the given thread and places it in a suspended state. The pthread_suspend_all_np() function interrupts all threads except the current thread and places them... |
pthread_testcancel(3) -- set cancelability state
|
The pthread_setcancelstate() function atomically both sets the calling thread's cancelability state to the indicated state and, if oldstate is not NULL, returns the previous cancelability state at th... |
pthread_yield(3) -- yield control of the current thread
|
The pthread_yield() function resets the accumulated time slice of the current thread and then enters the thread scheduler, which resumes execution of the next thread ready to run. If no other thread i... |
put8(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
putc(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
|
The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an unsigned char) to the output stream pointed to by stream. putc() acts essentially identically to fputc(), but is a macro that expands in-li... |
putchar(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
|
The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an unsigned char) to the output stream pointed to by stream. putc() acts essentially identically to fputc(), but is a macro that expands in-li... |
putchar_unlocked(3) -- put next character from stream, efficiently
|
The putc_unlocked() and putchar_unlocked() functions are equivalent to their locked counterparts, putc(3) and putchar(3). However, putc_unlocked() and putchar_unlocked() assume that the relevant strea... |
putc_unlocked(3) -- put next character from stream, efficiently
|
The putc_unlocked() and putchar_unlocked() functions are equivalent to their locked counterparts, putc(3) and putchar(3). However, putc_unlocked() and putchar_unlocked() assume that the relevant strea... |
putenv(3) -- environment variable functions
|
These functions set, unset, and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended... |
putp(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
puts(3) -- output a line to a stream
|
The function fputs() writes the string pointed to by str to the stream pointed to by stream. The function puts() writes the string str, and a terminating newline character, to the stream stdout. |
putw(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
|
The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an unsigned char) to the output stream pointed to by stream. putc() acts essentially identically to fputc(), but is a macro that expands in-li... |
putwin(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
|
The unctrl macro expands to a character string which is a printable representation of the character c. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are displayed as is. The... |
pwcache(3) -- cache password and group entries
|
The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If... |
pw_abort(3) -- passwd file update functions
|
The pw_lock(), pw_mkdb(), and pw_abort() functions allow a program to update the system passwd database. The pw_lock() function attempts to lock the passwd database by creating the file /etc/ptmp with... |
pw_copy(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
pw_dup(3) -- make a copy of a struct passwd
|
The pw_dup() function allocates sufficient memory for a copy of the struct passwd pw, does the copy, and returns a pointer to it. This is useful as subsequent calls to getpwent(), getpwnam(), and getp... |
pw_edit(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
pw_error(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
pw_file(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
pw_init(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
pw_lock(3) -- passwd file update functions
|
The pw_lock(), pw_mkdb(), and pw_abort() functions allow a program to update the system passwd database. The pw_lock() function attempts to lock the passwd database by creating the file /etc/ptmp with... |
pw_mkdb(3) -- passwd file update functions
|
The pw_lock(), pw_mkdb(), and pw_abort() functions allow a program to update the system passwd database. The pw_lock() function attempts to lock the passwd database by creating the file /etc/ptmp with... |
pw_prompt(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
pw_scan(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
pw_setdir(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
qabs(3) -- return the absolute value of a quad integer
|
The qabs() function returns the absolute value of the quad integer j. |
qdiv(3) -- return quotient and remainder from division
|
The qdiv() function computes the value num/denom and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named qdiv_t that contains two quad integer members named quot and rem. |
qiflush(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
qsort(3) -- sort functions
|
The qsort() function is a modified partition-exchange sort, or quicksort. The heapsort() function is a modified selection sort. The mergesort() function is a modified merge sort with exponential searc... |
queue(3) -- lists, doubly-linked lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
radixsort(3) -- radix sort
|
The radixsort() and sradixsort() functions are implementations of radix sort. These functions sort an array of nmemb pointers to byte strings. The initial member is referenced by base. The byte string... |
raise(3) -- send a signal to the current process
|
The raise() function sends the signal sig to the current process. |
rand(3) -- bad random number generator
|
These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun... |
rand48(3) -- pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
random(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
|
The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (... |
RAND_add(3) -- add entropy to the PRNG
|
RAND_add() mixes the num bytes at buf into the PRNG state. Thus, if the data at buf are unpredictable to an adversary, this increases the uncertainty about the state and makes the PRNG output less pre... |
RAND_bytes(3) -- generate random data
|
RAND_bytes() puts num cryptographically strong pseudo-random bytes into buf. An error occurs if the PRNG has not been seeded with enough randomness to ensure an unpredictable byte sequence. RAND_pseud... |
RAND_cleanup(3) -- erase the PRNG state
|
RAND_cleanup() erases the memory used by the PRNG. |
RAND_egd(3) -- query entropy gathering daemon
|
RAND_egd() queries the entropy gathering daemon EGD on socket path. It queries 255 bytes and uses RAND_add(3) to seed the OpenSSL built-in PRNG. RAND_egd(path) is a wrapper for RAND_egd_bytes(path, 25... |
RAND_egd_bytes(3) -- query entropy gathering daemon
|
RAND_egd() queries the entropy gathering daemon EGD on socket path. It queries 255 bytes and uses RAND_add(3) to seed the OpenSSL built-in PRNG. RAND_egd(path) is a wrapper for RAND_egd_bytes(path, 25... |
RAND_event(3) -- add entropy to the PRNG
|
RAND_add() mixes the num bytes at buf into the PRNG state. Thus, if the data at buf are unpredictable to an adversary, this increases the uncertainty about the state and makes the PRNG output less pre... |
RAND_file_name(3) -- PRNG seed file
|
RAND_file_name() generates a default path for the random seed file. buf points to a buffer of size num in which to store the filename. The seed file is $RANDFILE if that environment variable is set, $... |
RAND_get_rand_method(3) -- select RAND method
|
A RAND_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for random number generation. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware RNGs may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES s... |
RAND_load_file(3) -- PRNG seed file
|
RAND_file_name() generates a default path for the random seed file. buf points to a buffer of size num in which to store the filename. The seed file is $RANDFILE if that environment variable is set, $... |
RAND_pseudo_bytes(3) -- generate random data
|
RAND_bytes() puts num cryptographically strong pseudo-random bytes into buf. An error occurs if the PRNG has not been seeded with enough randomness to ensure an unpredictable byte sequence. RAND_pseud... |
rand_r(3) -- bad random number generator
|
These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun... |
RAND_screen(3) -- add entropy to the PRNG
|
RAND_add() mixes the num bytes at buf into the PRNG state. Thus, if the data at buf are unpredictable to an adversary, this increases the uncertainty about the state and makes the PRNG output less pre... |
RAND_seed(3) -- add entropy to the PRNG
|
RAND_add() mixes the num bytes at buf into the PRNG state. Thus, if the data at buf are unpredictable to an adversary, this increases the uncertainty about the state and makes the PRNG output less pre... |
RAND_set_rand_method(3) -- select RAND method
|
A RAND_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for random number generation. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware RNGs may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES s... |
RAND_SSLeay(3) -- select RAND method
|
A RAND_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for random number generation. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware RNGs may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES s... |
RAND_status(3) -- add entropy to the PRNG
|
RAND_add() mixes the num bytes at buf into the PRNG state. Thus, if the data at buf are unpredictable to an adversary, this increases the uncertainty about the state and makes the PRNG output less pre... |
RAND_write_file(3) -- PRNG seed file
|
RAND_file_name() generates a default path for the random seed file. buf points to a buffer of size num in which to store the filename. The seed file is $RANDFILE if that environment variable is set, $... |
raw(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
RB_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_FIND(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_GENERATE(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_HEAD(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_INIT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_INSERT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_LEFT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_MAX(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_MIN(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_NEXT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_PARENT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_PROTOTYPE(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_RIGHT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RB_ROOT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
RC4(3) -- RC4 encryption
|
This library implements the Alleged RC4 cipher, which is described for example in Applied Cryptography. It is believed to be compatible with RC4[TM], a proprietary cipher of RSA Security Inc. RC4 is a... |
RC4_set_key(3) -- RC4 encryption
|
This library implements the Alleged RC4 cipher, which is described for example in Applied Cryptography. It is believed to be compatible with RC4[TM], a proprietary cipher of RSA Security Inc. RC4 is a... |
rcmd(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
The rcmd() function is used by the superuser to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. If the calling process is not setuid, the RSH envir... |
rcmdsh(3) -- return a stream to a remote command without superuser
|
The rcmdsh() function is used by normal users to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers using rsh(1) or the value of rshprog (if non-null).... |
rcmd_af(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
The rcmd() function is used by the superuser to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. If the calling process is not setuid, the RSH envir... |
readdir(3) -- directory operations
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it, and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. A null ... |
readdir_r(3) -- directory operations
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it, and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. A null ... |
readlabelfs(3) -- read disklabel filesystem type
|
The readlabelfs() function attempts to determine the filesystem type of the disk partition specified by device and returns it in a short form that can be easily used to construct arguments within moun... |
readline(3) -- get a line from a user with editing
|
readline will read a line from the terminal and return it, using prompt as a prompt. If prompt is NULL or the empty string, no prompt is issued. The line returned is allocated with malloc(3); the call... |
readpass(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
readpassphrase(3) -- get a passphrase from the user
|
The readpassphrase() function displays a prompt to, and reads in a passphrase from, /dev/tty. If this file is inaccessible and the RPP_REQUIRE_TTY flag is not set, readpassphrase() displays the prompt... |
readskey(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
realloc(3) -- memory allocation and deallocation
|
The malloc() function allocates uninitialized space for an object whose size is specified by size. The malloc() function maintains multiple lists of free blocks according to size, allocating space fro... |
realpath(3) -- returns the canonicalized absolute pathname
|
The realpath() function resolves all symbolic links, extra ``/'' characters and references to /./ and /../ in pathname, and copies the resulting absolute pathname into the memory referenced by resol... |
recno(3) -- record number database access method
|
The dbopen() routine is the library interface to database files. One of the supported file formats is record number files. The general description of the database access methods is in dbopen(3), this ... |
redrawwin(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
|
The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t... |
refresh(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
|
The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t... |
regcomp(3) -- regular expression routines
|
These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``REs''); see re_format(7). regcomp() compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() matches that i... |
regerror(3) -- regular expression routines
|
These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``REs''); see re_format(7). regcomp() compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() matches that i... |
regex(3) -- regular expression routines
|
These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``REs''); see re_format(7). regcomp() compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() matches that i... |
regexec(3) -- regular expression routines
|
These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``REs''); see re_format(7). regcomp() compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() matches that i... |
regexp(3) -- obsolete regular expression routines
|
This interface is made obsolete by regex(3). It is available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The regcomp(), regexec(), regsub(), and regerror() functions implement egrep(1)-style regular ex... |
regfree(3) -- regular expression routines
|
These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``REs''); see re_format(7). regcomp() compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() matches that i... |
registerrpc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
regsub(3) -- regular expression routines
|
These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``REs''); see re_format(7). regcomp() compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() matches that i... |
remainder(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
remainderf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
remove(3) -- remove a file or directory
|
The remove() function removes the file or directory specified by path. If path specifies a directory, remove(path) is the equivalent of rmdir(path). Otherwise, it is the equivalent of unlink(path). |
remque(3) -- insert/remove element from a queue
|
These interfaces have been superceded by the queue(3) macros and are pro- vided for compatibility with legacy code. insque() and remque() manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists. The queue ca... |
replace_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
request_init(3) -- tcp wrapper access control library
|
The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request... |
request_set(3) -- tcp wrapper access control library
|
The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request... |
resetty(3) -- low-level curses routines
|
The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ... |
reset_prog_mode(3) -- low-level curses routines
|
The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ... |
reset_shell_mode(3) -- low-level curses routines
|
The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ... |
resizeterm(3) -- change the curses terminal size
|
This is an extension to the curses library. It provides callers with a hook into the curses data to resize windows, primarily for use by programs running in an X Window terminal (e.g., xterm). The fun... |
resolver(3) -- resolver routines
|
These routines are used for making, sending, and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routin... |
restartterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
res_init(3) -- resolver routines
|
These routines are used for making, sending, and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routin... |
res_mkquery(3) -- resolver routines
|
These routines are used for making, sending, and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routin... |
res_query(3) -- resolver routines
|
These routines are used for making, sending, and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routin... |
res_search(3) -- resolver routines
|
These routines are used for making, sending, and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routin... |
res_send(3) -- resolver routines
|
These routines are used for making, sending, and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routin... |
rewind(3) -- reposition a stream
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
rewinddir(3) -- directory operations
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it, and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. A null ... |
rexec(3) -- return stream to a remote command
|
This interface is obsoleted by rcmd(3). It is available from the compat- ibility library, libcompat. The rexec() function looks up the host *ahost using gethostbyname(3), returning -1 if the host does... |
re_comp(3) -- regular expression handler
|
This interface is made obsolete by regex(3). It is available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The re_comp() function compiles a string into an internal form suitable for pattern matching. Th... |
re_exec(3) -- regular expression handler
|
This interface is made obsolete by regex(3). It is available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The re_comp() function compiles a string into an internal form suitable for pattern matching. Th... |
rfc1413(3) -- libwrap client side ident implementation
|
rfc1413() retrieves a user name from a remote system using the ident protocol described in RFC 1413. It is implemented in the libwrap.a library. rfc1413() takes two sockaddr pointers as parameters: rm... |
rindex(3) -- locate last occurrence of a character in a string
|
The strrchr() function locates the last occurrence of the character c in the string s. The terminating NUL character is considered part of the string. If c is ` ', strrchr() locates the terminating `... |
rint(3) -- round to integral value in floating-point format
|
The rint() function returns the integral value (represented as a double precision number) nearest to x according to the prevailing rounding mode. The rintf() function is a single precision version of ... |
rintf(3) -- round to integral value in floating-point format
|
The rint() function returns the integral value (represented as a double precision number) nearest to x according to the prevailing rounding mode. The rintf() function is a single precision version of ... |
rip(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
RIPEMD160(3) -- RIPEMD-160 hash function
|
RIPEMD-160 is a cryptographic hash function with a 160 bit output. RIPEMD160() computes the RIPEMD-160 message digest of the n bytes at d and places it in md (which must have space for RIPEMD160_DIGES... |
RIPEMD160_Final(3) -- RIPEMD-160 hash function
|
RIPEMD-160 is a cryptographic hash function with a 160 bit output. RIPEMD160() computes the RIPEMD-160 message digest of the n bytes at d and places it in md (which must have space for RIPEMD160_DIGES... |
RIPEMD160_Init(3) -- RIPEMD-160 hash function
|
RIPEMD-160 is a cryptographic hash function with a 160 bit output. RIPEMD160() computes the RIPEMD-160 message digest of the n bytes at d and places it in md (which must have space for RIPEMD160_DIGES... |
RIPEMD160_Update(3) -- RIPEMD-160 hash function
|
RIPEMD-160 is a cryptographic hash function with a 160 bit output. RIPEMD160() computes the RIPEMD-160 message digest of the n bytes at d and places it in md (which must have space for RIPEMD160_DIGES... |
ripoffline(3) -- low-level curses routines
|
The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ... |
rmd160(3) -- ``RIPEMD-160'' message digest
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
RMD160Data(3) -- calculate the
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
RMD160End(3) -- calculate the
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
RMD160File(3) -- calculate the
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
RMD160FileChunk(3) -- calculate the
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
RMD160Final(3) -- calculate the
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
RMD160Init(3) -- calculate the
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
RMD160Pad(3) -- calculate the
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
RMD160Transform(3) -- calculate the
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
RMD160Update(3) -- calculate the
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
rpc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
rpcauth(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines establish authentication information for use by the RPC functions described in rpc(3). auth_destroy() is a macro that destroys the authentication information associated with auth. Destr... |
rpc_createerr(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
rresvport(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
The rcmd() function is used by the superuser to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. If the calling process is not setuid, the RSH envir... |
rresvport_af(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
The rcmd() function is used by the superuser to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. If the calling process is not setuid, the RSH envir... |
rsa(3) -- RSA public key cryptosystem
|
These functions implement RSA public key encryption and signatures as defined in PKCS #1 v2.0 [RFC 2437]. The RSA structure consists of several BIGNUM components. It can contain public as well as priv... |
RSA_blinding_off(3) -- protect the RSA operation from timing attacks
|
RSA is vulnerable to timing attacks. In a setup where attackers can measure the time of RSA decryption or signature operations, blinding must be used to protect the RSA operation from that attack. RSA... |
RSA_blinding_on(3) -- protect the RSA operation from timing attacks
|
RSA is vulnerable to timing attacks. In a setup where attackers can measure the time of RSA decryption or signature operations, blinding must be used to protect the RSA operation from that attack. RSA... |
RSA_check_key(3) -- validate private RSA keys
|
This function validates RSA keys. It checks that p and q are in fact prime, and that n = p*q. It also checks that d*e = 1 mod (p-1*q-1), and that dmp1, dmq1 and iqmp are set correctly or are NULL. As ... |
RSA_flags(3) -- select RSA method
|
An RSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for RSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sec... |
RSA_free(3) -- allocate and free RSA objects
|
RSA_new() allocates and initializes an RSA structure. It is equivalent to calling RSA_new_method(NULL). RSA_free() frees the RSA structure and its components. The key is erased before the memory is re... |
RSA_generate_key(3) -- generate RSA key pair
|
RSA_generate_key() generates a key pair and returns it in a newly allocated RSA structure. The pseudo-random number generator must be seeded prior to calling RSA_gener- ate_key(). The modulus size wil... |
RSA_get_default_method(3) -- select RSA method
|
An RSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for RSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sec... |
RSA_get_default_openssl_method(3) -- select RSA method
|
An RSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for RSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sec... |
RSA_get_ex_data(3) -- add application specific data to RSA structures
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. This has several potential uses, it can be used to cache data associated with a structure (for example the hash of some ... |
RSA_get_ex_new_index(3) -- add application specific data to RSA structures
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. This has several potential uses, it can be used to cache data associated with a structure (for example the hash of some ... |
RSA_get_method(3) -- select RSA method
|
An RSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for RSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sec... |
RSA_new(3) -- allocate and free RSA objects
|
RSA_new() allocates and initializes an RSA structure. It is equivalent to calling RSA_new_method(NULL). RSA_free() frees the RSA structure and its components. The key is erased before the memory is re... |
RSA_new_method(3) -- select RSA method
|
An RSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for RSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sec... |
RSA_null_method(3) -- select RSA method
|
An RSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for RSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sec... |
RSA_padding_add_none(3) -- asymmetric encryption padding
|
The RSA_padding_xxx_xxx() functions are called from the RSA encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify functions. Normally they should not be called from application programs. However, they can also be called ... |
RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_OAEP(3) -- asymmetric encryption padding
|
The RSA_padding_xxx_xxx() functions are called from the RSA encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify functions. Normally they should not be called from application programs. However, they can also be called ... |
RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_type_1(3) -- asymmetric encryption padding
|
The RSA_padding_xxx_xxx() functions are called from the RSA encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify functions. Normally they should not be called from application programs. However, they can also be called ... |
RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_type_2(3) -- asymmetric encryption padding
|
The RSA_padding_xxx_xxx() functions are called from the RSA encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify functions. Normally they should not be called from application programs. However, they can also be called ... |
RSA_padding_add_SSLv23(3) -- asymmetric encryption padding
|
The RSA_padding_xxx_xxx() functions are called from the RSA encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify functions. Normally they should not be called from application programs. However, they can also be called ... |
RSA_padding_check_none(3) -- asymmetric encryption padding
|
The RSA_padding_xxx_xxx() functions are called from the RSA encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify functions. Normally they should not be called from application programs. However, they can also be called ... |
RSA_padding_check_PKCS1_OAEP(3) -- asymmetric encryption padding
|
The RSA_padding_xxx_xxx() functions are called from the RSA encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify functions. Normally they should not be called from application programs. However, they can also be called ... |
RSA_padding_check_PKCS1_type_1(3) -- asymmetric encryption padding
|
The RSA_padding_xxx_xxx() functions are called from the RSA encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify functions. Normally they should not be called from application programs. However, they can also be called ... |
RSA_padding_check_PKCS1_type_2(3) -- asymmetric encryption padding
|
The RSA_padding_xxx_xxx() functions are called from the RSA encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify functions. Normally they should not be called from application programs. However, they can also be called ... |
RSA_padding_check_SSLv23(3) -- asymmetric encryption padding
|
The RSA_padding_xxx_xxx() functions are called from the RSA encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify functions. Normally they should not be called from application programs. However, they can also be called ... |
RSA_PKCS1_RSAref(3) -- select RSA method
|
An RSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for RSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sec... |
RSA_PKCS1_SSLeay(3) -- select RSA method
|
An RSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for RSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sec... |
RSA_print(3) -- print cryptographic parameters
|
A human-readable hexadecimal output of the components of the RSA key, DSA parameters or key or DH parameters is printed to bp or fp. The output lines are indented by offset spaces. |
RSA_print_fp(3) -- print cryptographic parameters
|
A human-readable hexadecimal output of the components of the RSA key, DSA parameters or key or DH parameters is printed to bp or fp. The output lines are indented by offset spaces. |
RSA_private_decrypt(3) -- RSA public key cryptography
|
RSA_public_encrypt() encrypts the flen bytes at from (usually a session key) using the public key rsa and stores the ciphertext in to. to must point to RSA_size(rsa) bytes of memory. padding denotes o... |
RSA_private_encrypt(3) -- low level signature operations
|
These functions handle RSA signatures at a low level. RSA_private_encrypt() signs the flen bytes at from (usually a message digest with an algorithm identifier) using the private key rsa and stores th... |
RSA_public_decrypt(3) -- low level signature operations
|
These functions handle RSA signatures at a low level. RSA_private_encrypt() signs the flen bytes at from (usually a message digest with an algorithm identifier) using the private key rsa and stores th... |
RSA_public_encrypt(3) -- RSA public key cryptography
|
RSA_public_encrypt() encrypts the flen bytes at from (usually a session key) using the public key rsa and stores the ciphertext in to. to must point to RSA_size(rsa) bytes of memory. padding denotes o... |
RSA_set_default_method(3) -- select RSA method
|
An RSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for RSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sec... |
RSA_set_default_openssl_method(3) -- select RSA method
|
An RSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for RSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sec... |
RSA_set_ex_data(3) -- add application specific data to RSA structures
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. This has several potential uses, it can be used to cache data associated with a structure (for example the hash of some ... |
RSA_set_method(3) -- select RSA method
|
An RSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for RSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. IMPORTANT: See the NOTES sec... |
RSA_sign(3) -- RSA signatures
|
RSA_sign() signs the message digest m of size m_len using the private key rsa as specified in PKCS #1 v2.0. It stores the signature in sigret and the signature size in siglen. sigret must point to RSA... |
RSA_sign_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(3) -- RSA signatures
|
RSA_sign_ASN1_OCTET_STRING() signs the octet string m of size m_len using the private key rsa represented in DER using PKCS #1 padding. It stores the signature in sigret and the signature size in sigl... |
RSA_size(3) -- get RSA modulus size
|
This function returns the RSA modulus size in bytes. It can be used to determine how much memory must be allocated for an RSA encrypted value. rsa->n must not be NULL. |
RSA_verify(3) -- RSA signatures
|
RSA_sign() signs the message digest m of size m_len using the private key rsa as specified in PKCS #1 v2.0. It stores the signature in sigret and the signature size in siglen. sigret must point to RSA... |
RSA_verify_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(3) -- RSA signatures
|
RSA_sign_ASN1_OCTET_STRING() signs the octet string m of size m_len using the private key rsa represented in DER using PKCS #1 padding. It stores the signature in sigret and the signature size in sigl... |
ruserok(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
The rcmd() function is used by the superuser to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. If the calling process is not setuid, the RSH envir... |
savetty(3) -- low-level curses routines
|
The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ... |
scalb(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
scalbf(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
scalbn(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
scalbnf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. The copysignf() function is a single precision version of copysign(). finite() ret... |
scale_form(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations
|
Every form has an associated pair of curses windows. The form window displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the form that are currently avai... |
scale_menu(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
|
Every menu has an associated pair of curses windows. The menu window displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the menu that are currently avai... |
scandir(3) -- scan a directory
|
The scandir() function reads the directory dirname and builds an array of pointers to directory entries using malloc(3). It returns the number of entries in the array. A pointer to the array of direct... |
scanf(3) -- input format conversion
|
The scanf() family of functions read input according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, are stored th... |
scanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
|
The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssca... |
scan_scaled(3) -- handle numbers with a human-readable scale
|
The scan_scaled() function scans the given number and looks for a terminal scale multiplier of B, K, M, G, T, P or E (in either upper or lower case) for Byte, Kilobyte, Megabyte, Gigabyte, Terabyte, P... |
scrl(3) -- scroll a curses window
|
The scroll routine scrolls the window up one line. This involves moving the lines in the window data structure. As an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window is the entire screen, the phys... |
scroll(3) -- scroll a curses window
|
The scroll routine scrolls the window up one line. This involves moving the lines in the window data structure. As an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window is the entire screen, the phys... |
scrollok(3) -- curses output options
|
These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin.... |
scr_dump(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file
|
The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen to the file filename. The scr_restore routine sets the virtual screen to the contents of filename, which must have been written us... |
scr_init(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file
|
The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen to the file filename. The scr_restore routine sets the virtual screen to the contents of filename, which must have been written us... |
scr_restore(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file
|
The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen to the file filename. The scr_restore routine sets the virtual screen to the contents of filename, which must have been written us... |
scr_set(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file
|
The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen to the file filename. The scr_restore routine sets the virtual screen to the contents of filename, which must have been written us... |
sectok(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_apdu(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_cardpresent(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_close(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_dump_reply(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_fdump_reply(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_fmt_fid(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_friendly_open(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_get_input(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_get_ins(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_get_sw(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_open(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_parse_atr(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_parse_fname(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_parse_input(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_print_sw(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_reset(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_selectfile(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_swOK(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
sectok_xopen(3) -- library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
|
sectok provides initialization, input, output, and other basic routines for ISO 7816 smart cards. Many of the routines return a status word. This will either be an error code as given in the include f... |
secure_path(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
seed48(3) -- pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
seekdir(3) -- directory operations
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it, and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. A null ... |
sem_close(3) -- named semaphore operations
|
The sem_open(), sem_close(), and sem_unlink() functions are not supported by this implementation. |
sem_destroy(3) -- destroy an unnamed semaphore
|
The sem_destroy() function destroys the unnamed semaphore pointed to by sem. After a successful call to sem_destroy(), sem is unusable until reinitialized by another call to sem_init(). |
sem_getvalue(3) -- get the value of a semaphore
|
The sem_getvalue() function sets the variable pointed to by sval to the current value of the semaphore pointed to by sem, as of the time that the call to sem_getvalue() is actually run. |
sem_init(3) -- initialize an unnamed semaphore
|
The sem_init() function initializes the unnamed semaphore pointed to by sem to have the value value. A non-zero value for pshared specifies a shared semaphore that can be used by multiple processes, w... |
sem_open(3) -- named semaphore operations
|
The sem_open(), sem_close(), and sem_unlink() functions are not supported by this implementation. |
sem_post(3) -- increment (unlock) a semaphore
|
The sem_post() function increments (unlocks) the semaphore pointed to by sem. If there are threads blocked on the semaphore when sem_post() is called, then the highest priority thread that has been bl... |
sem_trywait(3) -- decrement (lock) a semaphore
|
The sem_wait() function decrements (locks) the semaphore pointed to by sem, but blocks if the value of sem is zero, until the value is non-zero and the value can be decremented. The sem_trywait() func... |
sem_unlink(3) -- named semaphore operations
|
The sem_open(), sem_close(), and sem_unlink() functions are not supported by this implementation. |
sem_wait(3) -- decrement (lock) a semaphore
|
The sem_wait() function decrements (locks) the semaphore pointed to by sem, but blocks if the value of sem is zero, until the value is non-zero and the value can be decremented. The sem_trywait() func... |
setbuf(3) -- stream buffering operations
|
The three types of stream buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as... |
setbuffer(3) -- stream buffering operations
|
The three types of stream buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as... |
setclasscontext(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
setdomainname(3) -- get/set YP domain name of current host
|
The getdomainname() function returns the YP domain name for the current processor, as previously set by setdomainname(). The parameter namelen specifies the size of the name array. If insufficient spa... |
setenv(3) -- environment variable functions
|
These functions set, unset, and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended... |
setfsent(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
|
The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file, |
setgrent(3) -- group database operations
|
These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure struct group found in the include file : stru... |
setgrfile(3) -- group database operations
|
These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure struct group found in the include file : stru... |
setgroupent(3) -- group database operations
|
These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure struct group found in the include file : stru... |
sethostent(3) -- get network host entry
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
sethostid(3) -- get/set unique identifier of current host
|
The sethostid() function establishes a 32-bit identifier for the current processor that is intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in existence. This is normally a DARPA Internet address for the ... |
sethostname(3) -- get/set name of current host
|
The gethostname() function returns the standard host name for the current processor, as previously set by sethostname(). The parameter namelen specifies the size of the name array. If insufficient spa... |
setjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by the ... |
setkey(3) -- DES encryption
|
The crypt() function performs password encryption based on the NBS Data Encryption Standard (DES). Additional code has been added to deter key search attempts and to use stronger hashing algorithms. T... |
setlinebuf(3) -- stream buffering operations
|
The three types of stream buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as... |
setlocale(3) -- natural language formatting for C
|
The setlocale() function sets the C library's notion of natural language formatting style for particular sets of routines. Each such style is called a ``locale'' and is invoked using an appropriate... |
setlogmask(3) -- control system log
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (see sys... |
setlogmask_r(3) -- control system log
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (see sys... |
setmode(3) -- modify mode bits
|
The getmode() function returns a copy of the file permission bits mode as altered by the values pointed to by set. While only the mode bits are altered, other parts of the file mode may be examined. T... |
setnetent(3) -- get network entry
|
The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network database, /etc/n... |
setnetgrent(3) -- netgroup database operations
|
These functions operate on the netgroup database file /etc/netgroup.db which is described in netgroup(5). If that file does not exist, and the system supports YP, then the netgroup YP databases are us... |
setpassent(3) -- password database operations
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure struct passwd found in the include file : struct pa... |
setproctitle(3) -- set process title
|
The setproctitle() function sets the invoking process's title. The process title is set to the last component of the program name, followed by a colon, a single space, and the formatted string specif... |
setprotoent(3) -- get protocol entry
|
The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol... |
setpwent(3) -- password database operations
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure struct passwd found in the include file : struct pa... |
setpwfile(3) -- password database operations
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure struct passwd found in the include file : struct pa... |
setrgid(3) -- set user and group ID
|
This interface is made obsolete by setreuid(2). It is available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The setruid() function (setrgid()) sets the real user ID (group ID) of the current process to... |
setrpcent(3) -- get RPC entry
|
getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber(), each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number database, /etc/r... |
setruid(3) -- set user and group ID
|
This interface is made obsolete by setreuid(2). It is available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The setruid() function (setrgid()) sets the real user ID (group ID) of the current process to... |
setscrreg(3) -- curses output options
|
These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin.... |
setservent(3) -- get service entry
|
The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data... |
setstate(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
|
The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (... |
setsyx(3) -- low-level curses routines
|
The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ... |
setterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
setttyent(3) -- get ttys file entry
|
The getttyent() and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the brokenout fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { cha... |
setupterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
setusercontext(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
setusershell(3) -- get legal user shells
|
The getusershell() function returns a pointer to a legal user shell as defined by the system manager in the file /etc/shells. If /etc/shells is unreadable or does not exist, getusershell() behaves as ... |
setvbuf(3) -- stream buffering operations
|
The three types of stream buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as... |
set_current_field(3) -- set and get form page number
|
The function set_current field sets the current field of the given form; current_field returns the current field of the given form. The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to pag... |
set_current_item(3) -- set and get current_menu_item
|
The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). cur- rent_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row ... |
set_curterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
set_fieldtype_arg(3) -- define validation-field types
|
The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable for data validation. You supply it with field_check, a predicate to check the validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempts t... |
set_fieldtype_choice(3) -- define validation-field types
|
The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable for data validation. You supply it with field_check, a predicate to check the validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempts t... |
set_field_back(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
|
The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A... |
set_field_buffer(3) -- field buffer control
|
The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio... |
set_field_fore(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
|
The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A... |
set_field_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal... |
set_field_just(3) -- retrieve field characteristics
|
The function set_field_just sets the justification attribute of a field; field_just returns a field's justification attribute. The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEF... |
set_field_opts(3) -- set and get field options
|
The function set_field_opts sets all the given field's option bits (field option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others a... |
set_field_pad(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
|
The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A... |
set_field_status(3) -- field buffer control
|
The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio... |
set_field_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal... |
set_field_type(3) -- data type validation for fields
|
The function set_field_type declares a data type for a given form field. This is the type checked by validation functions. The types are as follows: TYPE_ALNUM Alphanumeric data. Requires a third int ... |
set_field_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form field
|
Every form field has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field. |
set_form_fields(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms
|
The function set_form_fields changes the field pointer array of the given form. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form. The function... |
set_form_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal... |
set_form_opts(3) -- set and get form options
|
The function set_form_opts sets all the given form's option bits (form option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function form_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
set_form_page(3) -- set and get form page number
|
The function set_current field sets the current field of the given form; current_field returns the current field of the given form. The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to pag... |
set_form_sub(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations
|
Every form has an associated pair of curses windows. The form window displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the form that are currently avai... |
set_form_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal... |
set_form_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form item
|
Every form and every form item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the formdriver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set the form user pointer field. |
set_form_win(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations
|
Every form has an associated pair of curses windows. The form window displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the form that are currently avai... |
set_item_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call... |
set_item_opts(3) -- set and get menu item options
|
The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits (menu option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
set_item_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call... |
set_item_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item
|
Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field. |
set_item_value(3) -- set and get menu item values
|
If you turn off the menu option O_ONEVALUE (e.g., with set_menu_opts or menu_opts_off; see menu_opts(3)), the menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may simultaneously be selected. In ... |
set_max_field(3) -- field buffer control
|
The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio... |
set_menu_back(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
|
The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio... |
set_menu_fore(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
|
The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio... |
set_menu_format(3) -- set and get menu sizes
|
The function set_menu_format sets the maximum display size of the given menu. If this size is too small to display all menu items, the menu will be made scrollable. If this size is larger than the men... |
set_menu_grey(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
|
The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio... |
set_menu_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call... |
set_menu_items(3) -- make and break connections between items and menus
|
The function set_menu_items changes the item pointer array of the given menu. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function menu_items returns the item array of the given menu. The function ite... |
set_menu_mark(3) -- get and set the menu mark string
|
In order to make menu selections visible on older terminals without highlighting or color capability, the menu library marks selected items in a menu with a prefix string. The function set_menu_mark s... |
set_menu_opts(3) -- set and get menu options
|
The function set_menu_opts sets all the given menu's option bits (menu option bits may be logically OR'ed together). The function menu_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone... |
set_menu_pad(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
|
The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio... |
set_menu_pattern(3) -- get and set a menu's pattern buffer
|
Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer. As input events that are printable ASCII characters come in, they are appended to this match buffer and tested for a match, as described in menu_driv... |
set_menu_spacing(3) -- Control spacing between menu items.
|
The function set_menu_spacing sets the spacing informations for the menu. spc_description controls the number of spaces between an item name and an item description. It must not be larger than TABSIZE... |
set_menu_sub(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
|
Every menu has an associated pair of curses windows. The menu window displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the menu that are currently avai... |
set_menu_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
|
These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call... |
set_menu_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item
|
Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menudriver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set the menu user pointer field. |
set_menu_win(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
|
Every menu has an associated pair of curses windows. The menu window displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the menu that are currently avai... |
set_new_page(3) -- form pagination functions
|
The function set_new_page sets or resets a flag marking the given field as the beginning of a new page on its form. The function new_page is a predicate which tests if a given field marks a page begin... |
set_panel_userptr(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
set_term(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
|
initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul... |
set_top_row(3) -- set and get current_menu_item
|
The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). cur- rent_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row ... |
sevenbit(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
SHA1(3) -- Secure Hash Algorithm
|
SHA-1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) is a cryptographic hash function with a 160 bit output. SHA1() computes the SHA-1 message digest of the n bytes at d and places it in md (which must have space for SHA_DI... |
sha1(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
SHA1Data(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
SHA1End(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
SHA1File(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
SHA1FileChunk(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
SHA1Final(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
SHA1Init(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
SHA1Pad(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
SHA1Transform(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
SHA1Update(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
SHA1_Final(3) -- Secure Hash Algorithm
|
SHA-1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) is a cryptographic hash function with a 160 bit output. SHA1() computes the SHA-1 message digest of the n bytes at d and places it in md (which must have space for SHA_DI... |
SHA1_Init(3) -- Secure Hash Algorithm
|
SHA-1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) is a cryptographic hash function with a 160 bit output. SHA1() computes the SHA-1 message digest of the n bytes at d and places it in md (which must have space for SHA_DI... |
SHA1_Update(3) -- Secure Hash Algorithm
|
SHA-1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) is a cryptographic hash function with a 160 bit output. SHA1() computes the SHA-1 message digest of the n bytes at d and places it in md (which must have space for SHA_DI... |
sha2(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA256_Data(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA256_End(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA256_File(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA256_FileChunk(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA256_Final(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA256_Init(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA256_Pad(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA256_Update(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA384_Data(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA384_End(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA384_File(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA384_FileChunk(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA384_Final(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA384_Init(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA384_Pad(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA384_Update(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA512_Data(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA512_End(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA512_File(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA512_FileChunk(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA512_Final(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA512_Init(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA512_Pad(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
SHA512_Update(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
|
The SHA2 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Standard, FIPS PUB 180-2. The SHA2 functions are used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest, suitable for use as... |
show_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
sigaddset(3) -- manipulate signal sets
|
These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. sigemptyset() and... |
sigblock(3) -- block signals
|
This interface is made obsolete by: sigprocmask(2). sigblock() adds the signals specified in mask to the set of signals currently being blocked from delivery. Signals are blocked if the corresponding ... |
sigdelset(3) -- manipulate signal sets
|
These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. sigemptyset() and... |
sigemptyset(3) -- manipulate signal sets
|
These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. sigemptyset() and... |
sigfillset(3) -- manipulate signal sets
|
These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. sigemptyset() and... |
siginterrupt(3) -- allow signals to interrupt system calls
|
The siginterrupt() function is used to change the system call restart behavior when a system call is interrupted by the specified signal. If flag is false (0), system calls will be restarted if they a... |
sigismember(3) -- manipulate signal sets
|
These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. sigemptyset() and... |
siglongjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by the ... |
sigmask(3) -- block signals
|
This interface is made obsolete by: sigprocmask(2). sigblock() adds the signals specified in mask to the set of signals currently being blocked from delivery. Signals are blocked if the corresponding ... |
signal(3) -- simplified software signal facilities
|
The signal() and bsd_signal() facilities are simplified interfaces to the more general sigaction(2) facility. The bsd_signal() interface is provided for source compatibility only. It is mainly used on... |
signal_add(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
signal_del(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
signal_initialized(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
signal_pending(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
signal_set(3) -- execute a function when a specific event occurs
|
The event API provides a mechanism to execute a function when a specific event on a file descriptor occurs or after a given time has passed. The event API needs to be initialized with event_init() bef... |
significand(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
significandf(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
sigpause(3) -- atomically release blocked signals and wait for interrupt
|
This interface is made obsolete by sigsuspend(2). sigpause() assigns sigmask to the set of masked signals and then waits for a signal to arrive; on return the set of masked signals is restored. sigmas... |
sigsetjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by the ... |
sigsetmask(3) -- set current signal mask
|
This interface is made obsoleted by: sigprocmask(2). sigsetmask() sets the current signal mask. Signals are blocked from delivery if the corresponding bit in mask is a 1; the macro sigmask() is provid... |
sigsetops(3) -- manipulate signal sets
|
These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. sigemptyset() and... |
sigvec(3) -- software signal facilities
|
This interface is made obsolete by sigaction(2). The system defines a set of signals that may be delivered to a process. Signal delivery resembles the occurrence of a hardware interrupt: the signal is... |
sigwait(3) -- synchronously accept a signal
|
The sigwait() function selects a pending signal from set, atomically clears it from the system's set of pending signals, and returns that signal number in the location referenced by sig. If prior to ... |
SIMPLEQ_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SIMPLEQ_END(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SIMPLEQ_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SIMPLEQ_FIRST(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SIMPLEQ_HEAD(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SIMPLEQ_INIT(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SIMPLEQ_NEXT(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
sin(3) -- sine functions
|
The sin() function computes the sine of x (measured in radians). The sinf() function is a single precision version of sin(). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significanc... |
sinf(3) -- sine functions
|
The sin() function computes the sine of x (measured in radians). The sinf() function is a single precision version of sin(). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significanc... |
sinh(3) -- hyperbolic sine functions
|
The sinh() function computes the hyperbolic sine of x. The sinhf() function is a single precision version of sinh(). |
sinhf(3) -- hyperbolic sine functions
|
The sinh() function computes the hyperbolic sine of x. The sinhf() function is a single precision version of sinh(). |
skey(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skeychallenge(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skeychallenge2(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skeygetnext(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skeylookup(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skeyverify(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skeyzero(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skey_authenticate(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skey_get_algorithm(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skey_haskey(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skey_keyinfo(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skey_passcheck(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skey_set_algorithm(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skey_unlock(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
skipspace(3) -- S/Key library functions
|
These functions implement the S/Key one time password authentication mechanism. The atob8() function converts the 16-byte hex string in to an 8-byte binary array stored in out. The atob8() function re... |
sleep(3) -- suspend process execution for interval of seconds
|
The sleep() function suspends execution of the calling process until either the number of seconds specified by seconds have elapsed or a signal is delivered to the calling process and its action is to... |
SLIST_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_END(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_FIRST(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_FOREACH_PREVPTR(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_HEAD(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_INIT(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_NEXT(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
SLIST_REMOVE_NEXT(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
slk_attr(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_attroff(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_attron(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_attrset(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_attr_off(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_attr_on(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_attr_set(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_clear(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_color(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_init(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_label(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_noutrefresh(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_refresh(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_restore(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_set(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
slk_touch(3) -- curses soft label routines
|
The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ... |
snprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
The printf() family of functions produce output according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, depend o... |
SPLAY_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_FIND(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_GENERATE(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_HEAD(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_INIT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_INSERT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_LEFT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_MAX(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_MIN(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_NEXT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_PROTOTYPE(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_RIGHT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
SPLAY_ROOT(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
sprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
The printf() family of functions produce output according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, depend o... |
sqr(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
sqrt(3) -- cube root and square root functions
|
The cbrt() function computes the cube root of x. The cbrtf() function is a single precision version of cbrt(). The sqrt() function computes the non-negative square root of x. The sqrtf() function is a... |
sqrtf(3) -- cube root and square root functions
|
The cbrt() function computes the cube root of x. The cbrtf() function is a single precision version of cbrt(). The sqrt() function computes the non-negative square root of x. The sqrtf() function is a... |
sradixsort(3) -- radix sort
|
The radixsort() and sradixsort() functions are implementations of radix sort. These functions sort an array of nmemb pointers to byte strings. The initial member is referenced by base. The byte string... |
srand(3) -- bad random number generator
|
These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun... |
srand48(3) -- pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
srandom(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
|
The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (... |
srandomdev(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
|
The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (... |
sscanf(3) -- input format conversion
|
The scanf() family of functions read input according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, are stored th... |
ssl(3) -- OpenSSL SSL/TLS library
|
|
SSLeay(3) -- get OpenSSL version number
|
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER is a numeric release version identifier: MMNNFFPPS: major minor fix patch status The status nibble has one of the values 0 for development, 1 to e for betas 1 to 14, and f for r... |
SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms(3) -- initialize SSL library by registering algorithms
|
SSL_library_init() registers the available ciphers and digests. OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() and SSLeay_add_ssl_algo- rithms() are synonyms for SSL_library_init(). |
SSLeay_version(3) -- get OpenSSL version number
|
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER is a numeric release version identifier: MMNNFFPPS: major minor fix patch status The status nibble has one of the values 0 for development, 1 to e for betas 1 to 14, and f for r... |
SSL_accept(3) -- wait for a TLS/SSL client to initiate a TLS/SSL handshake
|
SSL_accept() waits for a TLS/SSL client to initiate the TLS/SSL handshake. The communication channel must already have been set and assigned to the ssl by setting an underlying BIO. |
SSL_add_client_CA(3) -- set list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a client certificate
|
SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list() sets the list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a client certificate for ctx. SSL_set_client_CA_list() sets the list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a cl... |
SSL_add_session(3) -- manipulate session cache
|
SSL_CTX_add_session() adds the session c to the context ctx. The reference count for session c is incremented by 1. If a session with the same session id already exists, the old session is removed by ... |
SSL_alert_desc_string(3) -- get textual description of alert information
|
SSL_alert_type_string() returns a one letter string indicating the type of the alert specified by value. SSL_alert_type_string_long() returns a string indicating the type of the alert specified by val... |
SSL_alert_desc_string_long(3) -- get textual description of alert information
|
SSL_alert_type_string() returns a one letter string indicating the type of the alert specified by value. SSL_alert_type_string_long() returns a string indicating the type of the alert specified by val... |
SSL_alert_type_string(3) -- get textual description of alert information
|
SSL_alert_type_string() returns a one letter string indicating the type of the alert specified by value. SSL_alert_type_string_long() returns a string indicating the type of the alert specified by val... |
SSL_alert_type_string_long(3) -- get textual description of alert information
|
SSL_alert_type_string() returns a one letter string indicating the type of the alert specified by value. SSL_alert_type_string_long() returns a string indicating the type of the alert specified by val... |
SSL_callback_ctrl(3) -- internal handling functions for SSL_CTX and SSL objects
|
The SSL_*_ctrl() family of functions is used to manipulate settings of the SSL_CTX and SSL objects. Depending on the command cmd the arguments larg, parg, or fp are evaluated. These functions should n... |
SSL_check_private_key(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_CIPHER_description(3) -- get SSL_CIPHER properties
|
SSL_CIPHER_get_name() returns a pointer to the name of cipher. If the argument is the NULL pointer, a pointer to the constant value "NONE" is returned. SSL_CIPHER_get_bits() returns the number of se... |
SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(3) -- get SSL_CIPHER properties
|
SSL_CIPHER_get_name() returns a pointer to the name of cipher. If the argument is the NULL pointer, a pointer to the constant value "NONE" is returned. SSL_CIPHER_get_bits() returns the number of se... |
SSL_CIPHER_get_name(3) -- get SSL_CIPHER properties
|
SSL_CIPHER_get_name() returns a pointer to the name of cipher. If the argument is the NULL pointer, a pointer to the constant value "NONE" is returned. SSL_CIPHER_get_bits() returns the number of se... |
SSL_CIPHER_get_version(3) -- get SSL_CIPHER properties
|
SSL_CIPHER_get_name() returns a pointer to the name of cipher. If the argument is the NULL pointer, a pointer to the constant value "NONE" is returned. SSL_CIPHER_get_bits() returns the number of se... |
SSL_clear(3) -- reset SSL object to allow another connection
|
Reset ssl to allow another connection. All settings (method, ciphers, BIOs) are kept. |
SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(3) -- handle SSL/TLS integrated compression methods
|
SSL_COMP_add_compression_method() adds the compression method cm with the identifier id to the list of available compression methods. This list is globally maintained for all SSL operations within thi... |
SSL_connect(3) -- initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server
|
SSL_connect() initiates the TLS/SSL handshake with a server. The communication channel must already have been set and assigned to the ssl by setting an underlying BIO. |
SSL_ctrl(3) -- internal handling functions for SSL_CTX and SSL objects
|
The SSL_*_ctrl() family of functions is used to manipulate settings of the SSL_CTX and SSL objects. Depending on the command cmd the arguments larg, parg, or fp are evaluated. These functions should n... |
SSL_CTX_add_client_CA(3) -- set list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a client certificate
|
SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list() sets the list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a client certificate for ctx. SSL_set_client_CA_list() sets the list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a cl... |
SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert(3) -- add certificate to chain
|
SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert() adds the certificate x509 to the certificate chain presented together with the certificate. Several certificates can be added one after the other. |
SSL_CTX_add_session(3) -- manipulate session cache
|
SSL_CTX_add_session() adds the session c to the context ctx. The reference count for session c is incremented by 1. If a session with the same session id already exists, the old session is removed by ... |
SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(3) -- internal handling functions for SSL_CTX and SSL objects
|
The SSL_*_ctrl() family of functions is used to manipulate settings of the SSL_CTX and SSL objects. Depending on the command cmd the arguments larg, parg, or fp are evaluated. These functions should n... |
SSL_CTX_check_private_key(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_CTX_ctrl(3) -- internal handling functions for SSL_CTX and SSL objects
|
The SSL_*_ctrl() family of functions is used to manipulate settings of the SSL_CTX and SSL objects. Depending on the command cmd the arguments larg, parg, or fp are evaluated. These functions should n... |
SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(3) -- remove expired sessions
|
SSL_CTX_flush_sessions() causes a run through the session cache of ctx to remove sessions expired at time tm. SSL_flush_sessions() is a synonym for SSL_CTX_flush_ses- sions(). |
SSL_CTX_free(3) -- free an allocated SSL_CTX object
|
SSL_CTX_free() decrements the reference count of ctx, and removes the SSL_CTX object pointed to by ctx and frees up the allocated memory if the the reference count has reached 0. It also calls the fre... |
SSL_CTX_get_cert_store(3) -- manipulate X509 certificate verification storage
|
SSL_CTX_set_cert_store() sets/replaces the certificate verification storage of ctx to/with store. If another X509_STORE object is currently set in ctx, it will be X509_STORE_free()ed. SSL_CTX_get_cert... |
SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list(3) -- get list of client CAs
|
SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list() returns the list of client CAs explicitly set for ctx using SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(3). SSL_get_client_CA_list() returns the list of client CAs explicitly set for ssl u... |
SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
SSL_CTX_get_ex_new_index(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list(3) -- manipulate allowed for the peer's certificate chain
|
SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list() sets the maximum size allowed for the peer's certificate chain for all SSL objects created from ctx to be bytes. The SSL objects inherit the setting valid for ctx a... |
SSL_CTX_get_mode(3) -- manipulate SSL engine mode
|
SSL_CTX_set_mode() adds the mode set via bitmask in mode to ctx. Options already set before are not cleared. SSL_set_mode() adds the mode set via bitmask in mode to ssl. Options already set before are... |
SSL_CTX_get_options(3) -- manipulate SSL engine options
|
SSL_CTX_set_options() adds the options set via bitmask in options to ctx. Options already set before are not cleared! SSL_set_options() adds the options set via bitmask in options to ssl. Options alre... |
SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown(3) -- manipulate shutdown behaviour
|
SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown() sets the "quiet shutdown" flag for ctx to be mode. SSL objects created from ctx inherit the mode valid at the time SSL_new(3) is called. mode may be 0 or 1. SSL_CTX_get_... |
SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode(3) -- enable/disable session caching
|
SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode() enables/disables session caching by setting the operational mode for ctx to . SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode() returns the currently used cache mode. |
SSL_CTX_get_timeout(3) -- manipulate timeout values for session caching
|
SSL_CTX_set_timeout() sets the timeout for newly created sessions for ctx to t. The timeout value t must be given in seconds. SSL_CTX_get_timeout() returns the currently set timeout value for ctx. |
SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback(3) -- get currently set verification parameters
|
SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ctx. SSL_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ssl. SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth() returns the verificat... |
SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth(3) -- get currently set verification parameters
|
SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ctx. SSL_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ssl. SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth() returns the verificat... |
SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(3) -- get currently set verification parameters
|
SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ctx. SSL_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ssl. SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth() returns the verificat... |
SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(3) -- set default locations for trusted CA certificates
|
SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations() specifies the locations for ctx, at which CA certificates for verification purposes are located. The certificates available via CAfile and CApath are trusted. |
SSL_CTX_need_tmp_rsa(3) -- handle RSA keys for ephemeral key exchange
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback() sets the callback function for ctx to be used when a temporary/ephemeral RSA key is required to tmp_rsa_callback. The callback is inherited by all SSL objects newly crea... |
SSL_CTX_new(3) -- create a new SSL_CTX object as framework for TLS/SSL enabled functions
|
SSL_CTX_new() creates a new SSL_CTX object as framework to establish TLS/SSL enabled connections. |
SSL_CTX_remove_session(3) -- manipulate session cache
|
SSL_CTX_add_session() adds the session c to the context ctx. The reference count for session c is incremented by 1. If a session with the same session id already exists, the old session is removed by ... |
SSL_CTX_sessions(3) -- access internal session cache
|
SSL_CTX_sessions() returns a pointer to the lhash databases containing the internal session cache for ctx. |
SSL_CTX_sess_accept(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
SSL_CTX_sess_connect(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size(3) -- manipulate session cache size
|
SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size() sets the size of the internal session cache of context ctx to t. SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size() returns the currently valid session cache size. |
SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(3) -- provide callback functions for server side external session caching
|
SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatically called whenever a new session was negotiated. SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatical... |
SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(3) -- provide callback functions for server side external session caching
|
SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatically called whenever a new session was negotiated. SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatical... |
SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb(3) -- provide callback functions for server side external session caching
|
SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatically called whenever a new session was negotiated. SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatical... |
SSL_CTX_sess_hits(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
SSL_CTX_sess_misses(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
SSL_CTX_sess_number(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(3) -- manipulate session cache size
|
SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size() sets the size of the internal session cache of context ctx to t. SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size() returns the currently valid session cache size. |
SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb(3) -- provide callback functions for server side external session caching
|
SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatically called whenever a new session was negotiated. SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatical... |
SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb(3) -- provide callback functions for server side external session caching
|
SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatically called whenever a new session was negotiated. SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatical... |
SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove(3) -- provide callback functions for server side external session caching
|
SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatically called whenever a new session was negotiated. SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatical... |
SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(3) -- manipulate X509 certificate verification storage
|
SSL_CTX_set_cert_store() sets/replaces the certificate verification storage of ctx to/with store. If another X509_STORE object is currently set in ctx, it will be X509_STORE_free()ed. SSL_CTX_get_cert... |
SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback(3) -- set peer certificate verification procedure
|
SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback() sets the verification callback function for ctx. SSL objects that are created from ctx inherit the setting valid at the time when SSL_new(3) is called. |
SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(3) -- choose list of available SSL_CIPHERs
|
SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list() sets the list of available ciphers for ctx using the control string str. The format of the string is described in ciphers(1). The list of ciphers is inherited by all ssl obje... |
SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(3) -- set list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a client certificate
|
SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list() sets the list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a client certificate for ctx. SSL_set_client_CA_list() sets the list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a cl... |
SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb(3) -- handle client certificate callback function
|
SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb() sets the client_cert_cb() callback, that is called when a client certificate is requested by a server and no certificate was yet ... |
SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(3) -- set passwd callback for encrypted PEM file handling
|
SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb() sets the default password callback called when loading/storing a PEM certificate with encryption. SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata() sets a pointer to userdata wh... |
SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(3) -- set passwd callback for encrypted PEM file handling
|
SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb() sets the default password callback called when loading/storing a PEM certificate with encryption. SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata() sets a pointer to userdata wh... |
SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
SSL_CTX_set_generate_session_id(3) -- manipulate generation of SSL session IDs (server only)
|
SSL_CTX_set_generate_session_id() sets the callback function for generating new session ids for SSL/TLS sessions for ctx to be cb. SSL_set_generate_session_id() sets the callback function for generati... |
SSL_CTX_set_info_callback(3) -- handle information callback for SSL connections
|
SSL_CTX_set_info_callback() sets the callback function, that can be used to obtain state information for SSL objects created from ctx during connection setup and use. The setting for ctx is overridden... |
SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list(3) -- manipulate allowed for the peer's certificate chain
|
SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list() sets the maximum size allowed for the peer's certificate chain for all SSL objects created from ctx to be bytes. The SSL objects inherit the setting valid for ctx a... |
SSL_CTX_set_mode(3) -- manipulate SSL engine mode
|
SSL_CTX_set_mode() adds the mode set via bitmask in mode to ctx. Options already set before are not cleared. SSL_set_mode() adds the mode set via bitmask in mode to ssl. Options already set before are... |
SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback(3) -- install callback for observing protocol messages
|
SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback() or SSL_set_msg_callback() can be used to define a message callback function cb for observing all SSL/TLS protocol messages (such as handshake messages) that are received or ... |
SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg(3) -- install callback for observing protocol messages
|
SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback() or SSL_set_msg_callback() can be used to define a message callback function cb for observing all SSL/TLS protocol messages (such as handshake messages) that are received or ... |
SSL_CTX_set_options(3) -- manipulate SSL engine options
|
SSL_CTX_set_options() adds the options set via bitmask in options to ctx. Options already set before are not cleared! SSL_set_options() adds the options set via bitmask in options to ssl. Options alre... |
SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(3) -- manipulate shutdown behaviour
|
SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown() sets the "quiet shutdown" flag for ctx to be mode. SSL objects created from ctx inherit the mode valid at the time SSL_new(3) is called. mode may be 0 or 1. SSL_CTX_get_... |
SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(3) -- enable/disable session caching
|
SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode() enables/disables session caching by setting the operational mode for ctx to . SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode() returns the currently used cache mode. |
SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(3) -- set context within which session can be reused (server side only)
|
SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context() sets the context sid_ctx of length sid_ctx_len within which a session can be reused for the ctx object. SSL_set_session_id_context() sets the context sid_ctx of length... |
SSL_CTX_set_ssl_version(3) -- choose a new TLS/SSL method
|
SSL_CTX_set_ssl_version() sets a new default TLS/SSL method for SSL objects newly created from this ctx. SSL objects already created with SSL_new(3) are not affected, except when SSL_clear(3) is being... |
SSL_CTX_set_timeout(3) -- manipulate timeout values for session caching
|
SSL_CTX_set_timeout() sets the timeout for newly created sessions for ctx to t. The timeout value t must be given in seconds. SSL_CTX_get_timeout() returns the currently set timeout value for ctx. |
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh(3) -- handle DH keys for ephemeral key exchange
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback() sets the callback function for ctx to be used when a DH parameters are required to tmp_dh_callback. The callback is inherited by all ssl objects created from ctx. SSL_CTX... |
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback(3) -- handle DH keys for ephemeral key exchange
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback() sets the callback function for ctx to be used when a DH parameters are required to tmp_dh_callback. The callback is inherited by all ssl objects created from ctx. SSL_CTX... |
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa(3) -- handle RSA keys for ephemeral key exchange
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback() sets the callback function for ctx to be used when a temporary/ephemeral RSA key is required to tmp_rsa_callback. The callback is inherited by all SSL objects newly crea... |
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback(3) -- handle RSA keys for ephemeral key exchange
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback() sets the callback function for ctx to be used when a temporary/ephemeral RSA key is required to tmp_rsa_callback. The callback is inherited by all SSL objects newly crea... |
SSL_CTX_set_verify(3) -- set peer certificate verification parameters
|
SSL_CTX_set_verify() sets the verification flags for ctx to be mode and specifies the verify_callback function to be used. If no callback function shall be specified, the NULL pointer can be used for ... |
SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth(3) -- set peer certificate verification parameters
|
SSL_CTX_set_verify() sets the verification flags for ctx to be mode and specifies the verify_callback function to be used. If no callback function shall be specified, the NULL pointer can be used for ... |
SSL_CTX_use_certificate(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_do_handshake(3) -- perform a TLS/SSL handshake
|
SSL_do_handshake() will wait for a SSL/TLS handshake to take place. If the connection is in client mode, the handshake will be started. The handshake routines may have to be explicitly set in advance ... |
SSL_flush_sessions(3) -- remove expired sessions
|
SSL_CTX_flush_sessions() causes a run through the session cache of ctx to remove sessions expired at time tm. SSL_flush_sessions() is a synonym for SSL_CTX_flush_ses- sions(). |
SSL_free(3) -- free an allocated SSL structure
|
SSL_free() decrements the reference count of ssl, and removes the SSL structure pointed to by ssl and frees up the allocated memory if the reference count has reached 0. |
SSL_get0_session(3) -- retrieve TLS/SSL session data
|
SSL_get_session() returns a pointer to the SSL_SESSION actually used in ssl. The reference count of the SSL_SES- SION is not incremented, so that the pointer can become invalid by other operations. SS... |
SSL_get1_session(3) -- retrieve TLS/SSL session data
|
SSL_get_session() returns a pointer to the SSL_SESSION actually used in ssl. The reference count of the SSL_SES- SION is not incremented, so that the pointer can become invalid by other operations. SS... |
SSL_get_cipher(3) -- get SSL_CIPHER of a connection
|
SSL_get_current_cipher() returns a pointer to an SSL_CIPHER object containing the description of the actually used cipher of a connection established with the ssl object. SSL_get_cipher() and SSL_get_... |
SSL_get_ciphers(3) -- get list of available SSL_CIPHERs
|
SSL_get_ciphers() returns the stack of available SSL_CIPHERs for ssl, sorted by preference. If ssl is NULL or no ciphers are available, NULL is returned. SSL_get_cipher_list() returns a pointer to the... |
SSL_get_cipher_bits(3) -- get SSL_CIPHER of a connection
|
SSL_get_current_cipher() returns a pointer to an SSL_CIPHER object containing the description of the actually used cipher of a connection established with the ssl object. SSL_get_cipher() and SSL_get_... |
SSL_get_cipher_list(3) -- get list of available SSL_CIPHERs
|
SSL_get_ciphers() returns the stack of available SSL_CIPHERs for ssl, sorted by preference. If ssl is NULL or no ciphers are available, NULL is returned. SSL_get_cipher_list() returns a pointer to the... |
SSL_get_cipher_name(3) -- get SSL_CIPHER of a connection
|
SSL_get_current_cipher() returns a pointer to an SSL_CIPHER object containing the description of the actually used cipher of a connection established with the ssl object. SSL_get_cipher() and SSL_get_... |
SSL_get_cipher_version(3) -- get SSL_CIPHER of a connection
|
SSL_get_current_cipher() returns a pointer to an SSL_CIPHER object containing the description of the actually used cipher of a connection established with the ssl object. SSL_get_cipher() and SSL_get_... |
SSL_get_client_CA_list(3) -- get list of client CAs
|
SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list() returns the list of client CAs explicitly set for ctx using SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(3). SSL_get_client_CA_list() returns the list of client CAs explicitly set for ssl u... |
SSL_get_current_cipher(3) -- get SSL_CIPHER of a connection
|
SSL_get_current_cipher() returns a pointer to an SSL_CIPHER object containing the description of the actually used cipher of a connection established with the ssl object. SSL_get_cipher() and SSL_get_... |
SSL_get_default_timeout(3) -- get default session timeout value
|
SSL_get_default_timeout() returns the default timeout value assigned to SSL_SESSION objects negotiated for the protocol valid for ssl. |
SSL_get_error(3) -- obtain result code for TLS/SSL I/O operation
|
SSL_get_error() returns a result code (suitable for the C "switch" statement) for a preceding call to SSL_connect(), SSL_accept(), SSL_do_handshake(), SSL_read(), SSL_peek(), or SSL_write() on ssl. ... |
SSL_get_ex_data(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx(3) -- get ex_data index to access SSL structure from X509_STORE_CTX
|
SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx() returns the index number under which the pointer to the SSL object is stored into the X509_STORE_CTX object. |
SSL_get_ex_new_index(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
SSL_get_fd(3) -- get file descriptor linked to an SSL object
|
SSL_get_fd() returns the file descriptor which is linked to ssl. SSL_get_rfd() and SSL_get_wfd() return the file descriptors for the read or the write channel, which can be different. If the read and ... |
SSL_get_max_cert_list(3) -- manipulate allowed for the peer's certificate chain
|
SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list() sets the maximum size allowed for the peer's certificate chain for all SSL objects created from ctx to be bytes. The SSL objects inherit the setting valid for ctx a... |
SSL_get_mode(3) -- manipulate SSL engine mode
|
SSL_CTX_set_mode() adds the mode set via bitmask in mode to ctx. Options already set before are not cleared. SSL_set_mode() adds the mode set via bitmask in mode to ssl. Options already set before are... |
SSL_get_options(3) -- manipulate SSL engine options
|
SSL_CTX_set_options() adds the options set via bitmask in options to ctx. Options already set before are not cleared! SSL_set_options() adds the options set via bitmask in options to ssl. Options alre... |
SSL_get_peer_certificate(3) -- get the X509 certificate of the peer
|
SSL_get_peer_certificate() returns a pointer to the X509 certificate the peer presented. If the peer did not present a certificate, NULL is returned. |
SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(3) -- get the X509 certificate chain of the peer
|
SSL_get_peer_cert_chain() returns a pointer to STACKOF(X509) certificates forming the certificate chain of the peer. If called on the client side, the stack also contains the peer's certificate; if c... |
SSL_get_quiet_shutdown(3) -- manipulate shutdown behaviour
|
SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown() sets the "quiet shutdown" flag for ctx to be mode. SSL objects created from ctx inherit the mode valid at the time SSL_new(3) is called. mode may be 0 or 1. SSL_CTX_get_... |
SSL_get_rbio(3) -- get BIO linked to an SSL object
|
SSL_get_rbio() and SSL_get_wbio() return pointers to the BIOs for the read or the write channel, which can be different. The reference count of the BIO is not incremented. |
SSL_get_rfd(3) -- get file descriptor linked to an SSL object
|
SSL_get_fd() returns the file descriptor which is linked to ssl. SSL_get_rfd() and SSL_get_wfd() return the file descriptors for the read or the write channel, which can be different. If the read and ... |
SSL_get_session(3) -- retrieve TLS/SSL session data
|
SSL_get_session() returns a pointer to the SSL_SESSION actually used in ssl. The reference count of the SSL_SES- SION is not incremented, so that the pointer can become invalid by other operations. SS... |
SSL_get_shutdown(3) -- manipulate shutdown state of an SSL connection
|
SSL_set_shutdown() sets the shutdown state of ssl to mode. SSL_get_shutdown() returns the shutdown mode of ssl. |
SSL_get_SSL_CTX(3) -- get the SSL_CTX from which an SSL is created
|
SSL_get_SSL_CTX() returns a pointer to the SSL_CTX object, from which ssl was created with SSL_new(3). |
SSL_get_ssl_method(3) -- choose a new TLS/SSL method
|
SSL_CTX_set_ssl_version() sets a new default TLS/SSL method for SSL objects newly created from this ctx. SSL objects already created with SSL_new(3) are not affected, except when SSL_clear(3) is being... |
SSL_get_time(3) -- retrieve and manipulate session time and timeout settings
|
SSL_SESSION_get_time() returns the time at which the session s was established. The time is given in seconds since the Epoch and therefore compatible to the time delivered by the time() call. SSL_SESS... |
SSL_get_timeout(3) -- retrieve and manipulate session time and timeout settings
|
SSL_SESSION_get_time() returns the time at which the session s was established. The time is given in seconds since the Epoch and therefore compatible to the time delivered by the time() call. SSL_SESS... |
SSL_get_verify_callback(3) -- get currently set verification parameters
|
SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ctx. SSL_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ssl. SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth() returns the verificat... |
SSL_get_verify_depth(3) -- get currently set verification parameters
|
SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ctx. SSL_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ssl. SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth() returns the verificat... |
SSL_get_verify_mode(3) -- get currently set verification parameters
|
SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ctx. SSL_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ssl. SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth() returns the verificat... |
SSL_get_verify_result(3) -- get result of peer certificate verification
|
SSL_get_verify_result() returns the result of the verification of the X509 certificate presented by the peer, if any. |
SSL_get_version(3) -- get the protocol version of a connection.
|
SSL_get_cipher_version() returns the name of the protocol used for the connection ssl. |
SSL_get_wbio(3) -- get BIO linked to an SSL object
|
SSL_get_rbio() and SSL_get_wbio() return pointers to the BIOs for the read or the write channel, which can be different. The reference count of the BIO is not incremented. |
SSL_get_wfd(3) -- get file descriptor linked to an SSL object
|
SSL_get_fd() returns the file descriptor which is linked to ssl. SSL_get_rfd() and SSL_get_wfd() return the file descriptors for the read or the write channel, which can be different. If the read and ... |
SSL_library_init(3) -- initialize SSL library by registering algorithms
|
SSL_library_init() registers the available ciphers and digests. OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() and SSLeay_add_ssl_algo- rithms() are synonyms for SSL_library_init(). |
SSL_load_client_CA_file(3) -- load certificate names from file
|
SSL_load_client_CA_file() reads certificates from file and returns a STACK_OF(X509_NAME) with the subject names found. |
SSL_load_error_strings(3) -- load and free error strings
|
ERR_load_crypto_strings() registers the error strings for all libcrypto functions. SSL_load_error_strings() does the same, but also registers the libssl error strings. One of these functions should be... |
SSL_need_tmp_rsa(3) -- handle RSA keys for ephemeral key exchange
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback() sets the callback function for ctx to be used when a temporary/ephemeral RSA key is required to tmp_rsa_callback. The callback is inherited by all SSL objects newly crea... |
SSL_new(3) -- create a new SSL structure for a connection
|
SSL_new() creates a new SSL structure which is needed to hold the data for a TLS/SSL connection. The new structure inherits the settings of the underlying context ctx: connection method (SSLv2/v3/TLSv... |
SSL_pending(3) -- obtain number of readable bytes buffered in an SSL object
|
SSL_pending() returns the number of bytes which are available inside ssl for immediate read. |
SSL_read(3) -- read bytes from a TLS/SSL connection.
|
SSL_read() tries to read num bytes from the specified ssl into the buffer buf. |
SSL_remove_session(3) -- manipulate session cache
|
SSL_CTX_add_session() adds the session c to the context ctx. The reference count for session c is incremented by 1. If a session with the same session id already exists, the old session is removed by ... |
SSL_rstate_string(3) -- get textual description of state of an SSL object during read operation
|
SSL_rstate_string() returns a 2 letter string indicating the current read state of the SSL object ssl. SSL_rstate_string_long() returns a string indicating the current read state of the SSL object ssl... |
SSL_rstate_string_long(3) -- get textual description of state of an SSL object during read operation
|
SSL_rstate_string() returns a 2 letter string indicating the current read state of the SSL object ssl. SSL_rstate_string_long() returns a string indicating the current read state of the SSL object ssl... |
SSL_SESSION_free(3) -- free an allocated SSL_SESSION structure
|
SSL_SESSION_free() decrements the reference count of ses- sion and removes the SSL_SESSION structure pointed to by session and frees up the allocated memory, if the reference count has reached 0. |
SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
SSL_SESSION_get_ex_new_index(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
SSL_SESSION_get_time(3) -- retrieve and manipulate session time and timeout settings
|
SSL_SESSION_get_time() returns the time at which the session s was established. The time is given in seconds since the Epoch and therefore compatible to the time delivered by the time() call. SSL_SESS... |
SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(3) -- retrieve and manipulate session time and timeout settings
|
SSL_SESSION_get_time() returns the time at which the session s was established. The time is given in seconds since the Epoch and therefore compatible to the time delivered by the time() call. SSL_SESS... |
SSL_session_reused(3) -- query whether a reused session was negotiated during handshake
|
Query, whether a reused session was negotiated during the handshake. |
SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
SSL_SESSION_set_time(3) -- retrieve and manipulate session time and timeout settings
|
SSL_SESSION_get_time() returns the time at which the session s was established. The time is given in seconds since the Epoch and therefore compatible to the time delivered by the time() call. SSL_SESS... |
SSL_SESSION_set_timeout(3) -- retrieve and manipulate session time and timeout settings
|
SSL_SESSION_get_time() returns the time at which the session s was established. The time is given in seconds since the Epoch and therefore compatible to the time delivered by the time() call. SSL_SESS... |
SSL_set_accept_state(3) -- prepare SSL object to work in client or server mode
|
SSL_set_connect_state() sets ssl to work in client mode. SSL_set_accept_state() sets ssl to work in server mode. |
SSL_set_bio(3) -- connect the SSL object with a BIO
|
SSL_set_bio() connects the BIOs rbio and wbio for the read and write operations of the TLS/SSL (encrypted) side of ssl. The SSL engine inherits the behaviour of rbio and wbio, respectively. If a BIO i... |
SSL_set_cipher_list(3) -- choose list of available SSL_CIPHERs
|
SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list() sets the list of available ciphers for ctx using the control string str. The format of the string is described in ciphers(1). The list of ciphers is inherited by all ssl obje... |
SSL_set_client_CA_list(3) -- set list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a client certificate
|
SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list() sets the list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a client certificate for ctx. SSL_set_client_CA_list() sets the list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a cl... |
SSL_set_connect_state(3) -- prepare SSL object to work in client or server mode
|
SSL_set_connect_state() sets ssl to work in client mode. SSL_set_accept_state() sets ssl to work in server mode. |
SSL_set_ex_data(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
SSL_set_fd(3) -- connect the SSL object with a file descriptor
|
SSL_set_fd() sets the file descriptor fd as the input/output facility for the TLS/SSL (encrypted) side of ssl. fd will typically be the socket file descriptor of a network connection. When performing ... |
SSL_set_max_cert_list(3) -- manipulate allowed for the peer's certificate chain
|
SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list() sets the maximum size allowed for the peer's certificate chain for all SSL objects created from ctx to be bytes. The SSL objects inherit the setting valid for ctx a... |
SSL_set_mode(3) -- manipulate SSL engine mode
|
SSL_CTX_set_mode() adds the mode set via bitmask in mode to ctx. Options already set before are not cleared. SSL_set_mode() adds the mode set via bitmask in mode to ssl. Options already set before are... |
SSL_set_msg_callback(3) -- install callback for observing protocol messages
|
SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback() or SSL_set_msg_callback() can be used to define a message callback function cb for observing all SSL/TLS protocol messages (such as handshake messages) that are received or ... |
SSL_set_msg_callback_arg(3) -- install callback for observing protocol messages
|
SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback() or SSL_set_msg_callback() can be used to define a message callback function cb for observing all SSL/TLS protocol messages (such as handshake messages) that are received or ... |
SSL_set_options(3) -- manipulate SSL engine options
|
SSL_CTX_set_options() adds the options set via bitmask in options to ctx. Options already set before are not cleared! SSL_set_options() adds the options set via bitmask in options to ssl. Options alre... |
SSL_set_quiet_shutdown(3) -- manipulate shutdown behaviour
|
SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown() sets the "quiet shutdown" flag for ctx to be mode. SSL objects created from ctx inherit the mode valid at the time SSL_new(3) is called. mode may be 0 or 1. SSL_CTX_get_... |
SSL_set_rfd(3) -- connect the SSL object with a file descriptor
|
SSL_set_fd() sets the file descriptor fd as the input/output facility for the TLS/SSL (encrypted) side of ssl. fd will typically be the socket file descriptor of a network connection. When performing ... |
SSL_set_session(3) -- set a TLS/SSL session to be used during TLS/SSL connect
|
SSL_set_session() sets session to be used when the TLS/SSL connection is to be established. SSL_set_session() is only useful for TLS/SSL clients. When the session is set, the reference count of sessio... |
SSL_set_session_id_context(3) -- set context within which session can be reused (server side only)
|
SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context() sets the context sid_ctx of length sid_ctx_len within which a session can be reused for the ctx object. SSL_set_session_id_context() sets the context sid_ctx of length... |
SSL_set_shutdown(3) -- manipulate shutdown state of an SSL connection
|
SSL_set_shutdown() sets the shutdown state of ssl to mode. SSL_get_shutdown() returns the shutdown mode of ssl. |
SSL_set_ssl_method(3) -- choose a new TLS/SSL method
|
SSL_CTX_set_ssl_version() sets a new default TLS/SSL method for SSL objects newly created from this ctx. SSL objects already created with SSL_new(3) are not affected, except when SSL_clear(3) is being... |
SSL_set_time(3) -- retrieve and manipulate session time and timeout settings
|
SSL_SESSION_get_time() returns the time at which the session s was established. The time is given in seconds since the Epoch and therefore compatible to the time delivered by the time() call. SSL_SESS... |
SSL_set_timeout(3) -- retrieve and manipulate session time and timeout settings
|
SSL_SESSION_get_time() returns the time at which the session s was established. The time is given in seconds since the Epoch and therefore compatible to the time delivered by the time() call. SSL_SESS... |
SSL_set_tmp_dh(3) -- handle DH keys for ephemeral key exchange
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback() sets the callback function for ctx to be used when a DH parameters are required to tmp_dh_callback. The callback is inherited by all ssl objects created from ctx. SSL_CTX... |
SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback(3) -- handle DH keys for ephemeral key exchange
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback() sets the callback function for ctx to be used when a DH parameters are required to tmp_dh_callback. The callback is inherited by all ssl objects created from ctx. SSL_CTX... |
SSL_set_tmp_rsa(3) -- handle RSA keys for ephemeral key exchange
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback() sets the callback function for ctx to be used when a temporary/ephemeral RSA key is required to tmp_rsa_callback. The callback is inherited by all SSL objects newly crea... |
SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback(3) -- handle RSA keys for ephemeral key exchange
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback() sets the callback function for ctx to be used when a temporary/ephemeral RSA key is required to tmp_rsa_callback. The callback is inherited by all SSL objects newly crea... |
SSL_set_verify(3) -- set peer certificate verification parameters
|
SSL_CTX_set_verify() sets the verification flags for ctx to be mode and specifies the verify_callback function to be used. If no callback function shall be specified, the NULL pointer can be used for ... |
SSL_set_verify_depth(3) -- set peer certificate verification parameters
|
SSL_CTX_set_verify() sets the verification flags for ctx to be mode and specifies the verify_callback function to be used. If no callback function shall be specified, the NULL pointer can be used for ... |
SSL_set_verify_result(3) -- override result of peer certificate verification
|
SSL_set_verify_result() sets verify_result of the object ssl to be the result of the verification of the X509 certificate presented by the peer, if any. |
SSL_set_wfd(3) -- connect the SSL object with a file descriptor
|
SSL_set_fd() sets the file descriptor fd as the input/output facility for the TLS/SSL (encrypted) side of ssl. fd will typically be the socket file descriptor of a network connection. When performing ... |
SSL_shutdown(3) -- shut down a TLS/SSL connection
|
SSL_shutdown() shuts down an active TLS/SSL connection. It sends the "close notify" shutdown alert to the peer. |
SSL_state_string(3) -- get textual description of state of an SSL object
|
SSL_state_string() returns a 6 letter string indicating the current state of the SSL object ssl. SSL_state_string_long() returns a string indicating the current state of the SSL object ssl. |
SSL_state_string_long(3) -- get textual description of state of an SSL object
|
SSL_state_string() returns a 6 letter string indicating the current state of the SSL object ssl. SSL_state_string_long() returns a string indicating the current state of the SSL object ssl. |
SSL_use_certificate(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_use_certificate_file(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_use_PrivateKey(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_use_PrivateKey_file(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
SSL_want(3) -- obtain state information TLS/SSL I/O operation
|
SSL_want() returns state information for the SSL object ssl. The other SSL_want_*() calls are shortcuts for the possible states returned by SSL_want(). |
SSL_want_nothing(3) -- obtain state information TLS/SSL I/O operation
|
SSL_want() returns state information for the SSL object ssl. The other SSL_want_*() calls are shortcuts for the possible states returned by SSL_want(). |
SSL_want_read(3) -- obtain state information TLS/SSL I/O operation
|
SSL_want() returns state information for the SSL object ssl. The other SSL_want_*() calls are shortcuts for the possible states returned by SSL_want(). |
SSL_want_write(3) -- obtain state information TLS/SSL I/O operation
|
SSL_want() returns state information for the SSL object ssl. The other SSL_want_*() calls are shortcuts for the possible states returned by SSL_want(). |
SSL_want_x509_lookup(3) -- obtain state information TLS/SSL I/O operation
|
SSL_want() returns state information for the SSL object ssl. The other SSL_want_*() calls are shortcuts for the possible states returned by SSL_want(). |
SSL_write(3) -- write bytes to a TLS/SSL connection.
|
SSL_write() writes num bytes from the buffer buf into the specified ssl connection. |
standend(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
standout(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
start_color(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
|
Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ... |
stdarg(3) -- variable argument lists
|
A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh... |
stdio(3) -- standard input/output library functions
|
The standard I/O library provides a simple and efficient buffered stream I/O interface. Input and output is mapped into logical data streams and the physical I/O characteristics are concealed. The fun... |
store(3) -- database subroutines
|
These functions provide a dbm-compatible interface to the database access methods described in db(3). Each unique record in the database is a key/content pair, the components of which may be any arbit... |
strcasecmp(3) -- compare strings, ignoring case
|
The strcasecmp() and strncasecmp() functions compare the null-terminated strings s1 and s2 and return an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0, according to whether s1 is lexicographically gr... |
strcat(3) -- concatenate strings
|
The strcat() and strncat() functions append a copy of the null-terminated string append to the end of the null-terminated string s, then add a terminating ` '. The string s must have sufficient space... |
strchr(3) -- locate first occurrence of a character in a string
|
The strchr() function locates the first occurrence of the character c in the string s. The terminating NUL character is considered part of the string. If c is ` ', strchr() locates the terminating ` ... |
strcmp(3) -- compare strings
|
The strcmp() and strncmp() functions lexicographically compare the nullterminated strings s1 and s2. |
strcoll(3) -- compare strings according to current collation
|
The strcoll() function lexicographically compares the nullterminated strings s1 and s2 according to the current locale collation and returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0, accordin... |
strcpy(3) -- copy strings
|
The strcpy() and strncpy() functions copy the string src to dst (including the terminating ` ' character). strncpy() copies not more than len characters into dst, appending ` ' characters if src is ... |
strcspn(3) -- span the complement of a string
|
The strcspn() function spans the initial part of the nullterminated string s as long as the characters from s do not occur in string charset (it spans the complement of charset). |
strdup(3) -- save a copy of a string
|
The strdup() function allocates sufficient memory for a copy of the string s, does the copy, and returns a pointer to it. The pointer may subsequently be used as an argument to the function free(3). I... |
strerror(3) -- get error message string
|
The strerror() and strerror_r() functions map the error number errnum to a language-dependent error message string. strerror() returns a string containing a maximum of NL_TEXTMAX characters, including... |
strerror_r(3) -- get error message string
|
The strerror() and strerror_r() functions map the error number errnum to a language-dependent error message string. strerror() returns a string containing a maximum of NL_TEXTMAX characters, including... |
strftime(3) -- format date and time
|
The strftime() function formats the information from timeptr into the buffer buf according to the string pointed to by format. The format string consists of zero or more conversion specifications and ... |
string(3) -- string specific functions
|
The string functions manipulate strings terminated by a null byte. See the specific manual pages for more information. For manipulating variable length generic objects as byte strings (without the nul... |
strlcat(3) -- size-bounded string copying and concatenation
|
The strlcpy() and strlcat() functions copy and concatenate strings respectively. They are designed to be safer, more consistent, and less error prone replacements for strncpy(3) and strncat(3). Unlike... |
strlcpy(3) -- size-bounded string copying and concatenation
|
The strlcpy() and strlcat() functions copy and concatenate strings respectively. They are designed to be safer, more consistent, and less error prone replacements for strncpy(3) and strncat(3). Unlike... |
strlen(3) -- find length of a string
|
The strlen() function computes the length of the string s. |
strmode(3) -- convert inode status information into a symbolic string
|
The strmode() function converts a file mode (the type and permission information associated with an inode, see stat(2)) into a symbolic string which is stored in the location referenced by bp. This st... |
strncasecmp(3) -- compare strings, ignoring case
|
The strcasecmp() and strncasecmp() functions compare the null-terminated strings s1 and s2 and return an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0, according to whether s1 is lexicographically gr... |
strncat(3) -- concatenate strings
|
The strcat() and strncat() functions append a copy of the null-terminated string append to the end of the null-terminated string s, then add a terminating ` '. The string s must have sufficient space... |
strncmp(3) -- compare strings
|
The strcmp() and strncmp() functions lexicographically compare the nullterminated strings s1 and s2. |
strncpy(3) -- copy strings
|
The strcpy() and strncpy() functions copy the string src to dst (including the terminating ` ' character). strncpy() copies not more than len characters into dst, appending ` ' characters if src is ... |
strnvis(3) -- visually encode characters
|
The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated and a pointer to the end of the string is... |
strpbrk(3) -- locate multiple characters in string
|
The strpbrk() function locates in the null-terminated string s the first occurrence of any character in the string charset and returns a pointer to this character. If no characters from charset occur ... |
strptime(3) -- converts a character string to a time value
|
The strptime function converts the character string pointed to by buf to values which are stored in the ``tm'' structure pointed to by tm, using the format specified by format. The format string con... |
strrchr(3) -- locate last occurrence of a character in a string
|
The strrchr() function locates the last occurrence of the character c in the string s. The terminating NUL character is considered part of the string. If c is ` ', strrchr() locates the terminating `... |
strsep(3) -- separate strings
|
The strsep() function locates, in the string referenced by *stringp, the first occurrence of any character in the string delim (or the terminating ` ' character) and replaces it with a ` '. The loca... |
strsignal(3) -- get signal description string
|
The strsignal() function returns a pointer to the languagedependent string describing a signal. The array pointed to is not to be modified by the program, but may be overwritten by subsequent calls to... |
strspn(3) -- span a string
|
The strspn() function spans the initial part of the nullterminated string s as long as the characters from s occur in string charset. |
strstr(3) -- locate a substring in a string
|
The strstr() function locates the first occurrence of the null-terminated string little in the null-terminated string big. If little is the empty string, strstr() returns big; if little occurs nowhere... |
strtod(3) -- convert ASCII string to double
|
The strtod() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to double representation. The expected form of the string is an optional plus (`+') or minus sign (`-') followed b... |
strtofflags(3) -- convert between file flag bits and their string names
|
The fflagstostr() function returns a comma separated string of the file flags represented by flags. If no flags are set a zero length string is returned. If memory cannot be allocated for the return v... |
strtok(3) -- string token operations
|
This interface is obsoleted by strsep(3). The strtok() function is used to isolate sequential tokens in a null-terminated string, str. These tokens are separated in the string by at least one of the c... |
strtok_r(3) -- string token operations
|
This interface is obsoleted by strsep(3). The strtok() function is used to isolate sequential tokens in a null-terminated string, str. These tokens are separated in the string by at least one of the c... |
strtol(3) -- convert string value to a long or long long integer
|
The strtol() function converts the string in nptr to a long value. The strtoll() function converts the string in nptr to a long long value. The strtoq() function is a deprecated equivalent of strtoll(... |
strtoll(3) -- convert string value to a long or long long integer
|
The strtol() function converts the string in nptr to a long value. The strtoll() function converts the string in nptr to a long long value. The strtoq() function is a deprecated equivalent of strtoll(... |
strtonum(3) -- reliably convert string value to an integer
|
The strtonum() function converts the string in nptr to a long long value. The strtonum() function was designed to facilitate safe, robust programming and overcome the shortcomings of the atoi(3) and s... |
strtoq(3) -- convert string value to a long or long long integer
|
The strtol() function converts the string in nptr to a long value. The strtoll() function converts the string in nptr to a long long value. The strtoq() function is a deprecated equivalent of strtoll(... |
strtoul(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long or unsigned long long integer
|
The strtoul() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long value. The strtoull() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long long value. The strtouq() function is a deprecated... |
strtoull(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long or unsigned long long integer
|
The strtoul() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long value. The strtoull() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long long value. The strtouq() function is a deprecated... |
strtouq(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long or unsigned long long integer
|
The strtoul() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long value. The strtoull() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long long value. The strtouq() function is a deprecated... |
strunvis(3) -- decode a visual representation of characters
|
The unvis() and strunvis() functions are used to decode a visual representation of characters, as produced by the vis(3) function, back into the original form. unvis() is called with successive charac... |
strvis(3) -- visually encode characters
|
The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated and a pointer to the end of the string is... |
strvisx(3) -- visually encode characters
|
The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated and a pointer to the end of the string is... |
strxfrm(3) -- transform a string under locale
|
The strxfrm() function does something horrible (see ANSI standard). In this implementation it just copies. |
stty(3) -- set and get terminal state (defunct)
|
These interfaces are obsoleted by ioctl(2). They are available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The stty() function sets the state of the terminal associated with fd. The gtty() function ret... |
subpad(3) -- create and display curses pads
|
The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the... |
subwin(3) -- create curses windows
|
Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o... |
svcerr_auth(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svcerr_decode(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svcerr_noproc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svcerr_noprog(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svcerr_progvers(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svcerr_systemerr(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svcerr_weakauth(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svcfd_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svcraw_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svctcp_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svcudp_bufcreate(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_destroy(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_fds(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_fdset(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_freeargs(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_getargs(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_getcaller(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_getreq(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_getreqset(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_getreqset2(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_getreq_common(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_getreq_poll(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_max_pollfd(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_pollfd(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_register(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_run(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_sendreply(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
svc_unregister(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
swab(3) -- swap adjacent bytes
|
The function swab() copies len bytes from the location referenced by src to the location referenced by dst, swapping adjacent bytes. The argument len must be an even number. |
swap16(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
swap32(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
swap64(3) -- convert values between different byte orderings
|
These routines convert 16, 32 and 64-bit quantities between different byte orderings. The ``swap'' functions reverse the byte ordering of the given quantity, the others converts either from/to the n... |
syncok(3) -- create curses windows
|
Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o... |
sysconf(3) -- get configurable system variables
|
This interface is defined by IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 (``POSIX''). A far more complete interface is available using sysctl(3). The sysconf() function provides a method for applications to determine the ... |
sysctl(3) -- get or set system information
|
The sysctl() function retrieves system information and allows processes with appropriate privileges to set system information. The information available from sysctl() consists of integers, strings, an... |
sysexits(3) -- preferable exit codes for programs
|
According to style(9), it is not good practice to call exit(3) with arbitrary values to indicate a failure condition when ending a program. Instead, the pre-defined exit codes from sysexits should be ... |
syslog(3) -- control system log
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (see sys... |
syslog_r(3) -- control system log
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (see sys... |
system(3) -- pass a command to the shell
|
The system() function hands the argument string to the command interpreter sh(1). The calling process waits for the shell to finish executing the command, ignoring SIGINT and SIGQUIT, and blocking SIG... |
sys_siglist(3) -- system signal messages
|
The psignal() function locates the descriptive message string for the given signal number sig and writes it to the standard error. If the argument s is not NULL it is written to the standard error fil... |
sys_signame(3) -- system signal messages
|
The psignal() function locates the descriptive message string for the given signal number sig and writes it to the standard error. If the argument s is not NULL it is written to the standard error fil... |
TAILQ_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_END(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_FIRST(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_HEAD(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_INIT(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_LAST(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_NEXT(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_PREV(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
TAILQ_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, simple queues, lists, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
tan(3) -- tangent functions
|
The tan() function computes the tangent of x (measured in radians). The tanf() function is a single precision version of tan(). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no signific... |
tanf(3) -- tangent functions
|
The tan() function computes the tangent of x (measured in radians). The tanf() function is a single precision version of tan(). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no signific... |
tanh(3) -- hyperbolic tangent functions
|
The tanh() function computes the hyperbolic tangent of x. The tanhf() function is a single precision version of tanh(). For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3). |
tanhf(3) -- hyperbolic tangent functions
|
The tanh() function computes the hyperbolic tangent of x. The tanhf() function is a single precision version of tanh(). For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3). |
tcdrain(3) -- line control functions
|
The tcdrain() function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow() function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of ... |
tcflow(3) -- line control functions
|
The tcdrain() function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow() function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of ... |
tcflush(3) -- line control functions
|
The tcdrain() function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow() function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of ... |
tcgetattr(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr(), and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed(), and cfsetspeed() fun... |
tcgetpgrp(3) -- get foreground process group ID
|
The tcgetpgrp() function returns the value of the process group ID of the foreground process group associated with the terminal device. If there is no foreground process group, tcgetpgrp() returns an ... |
tcsendbreak(3) -- line control functions
|
The tcdrain() function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow() function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of ... |
tcsetattr(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr(), and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed(), and cfsetspeed() fun... |
tcsetpgrp(3) -- set foreground process group ID
|
If the process has a controlling terminal, the tcsetpgrp() function sets the foreground process group ID associated with the terminal device to pgrp_id. The terminal device associated with fd must be ... |
tdelete(3) -- manipulate binary search trees
|
The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ... |
telldir(3) -- directory operations
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it, and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. A null ... |
tempnam(3) -- temporary file routines
|
The tmpfile() function returns a pointer to a stream associated with a file descriptor returned by the routine mkstemp(3). The created file is unlinked before tmpfile() returns, causing the file to be... |
termattrs(3) -- curses environment query routines
|
The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c... |
termcap(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
|
These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ... |
terminfo(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
termname(3) -- curses environment query routines
|
The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c... |
tfind(3) -- manipulate binary search trees
|
The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ... |
tgetent(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
|
These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ... |
tgetflag(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
|
These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ... |
tgetnum(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
|
These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ... |
tgetstr(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
|
These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ... |
tgoto(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
|
These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ... |
tigetflag(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
tigetnum(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
tigetstr(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
time(3) -- get time of day
|
The time() function returns the value of time in seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). A copy of the time value may be saved to the area indic... |
time2posix(3) -- convert seconds since the Epoch
|
IEEE Standard 1003.1 (POSIX) legislates that a time_t value of 536457599 shall correspond to "Wed Dec 31 23:59:59 UTC 1986." This effectively implies that a POSIX time_t cannot include leap seconds ... |
timegm(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
The ctime() function converts a time_t, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:2... |
timelocal(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
The ctime() function converts a time_t, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:2... |
timeout(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
timeradd(3) -- get/set value of interval timer
|
The system provides each process with three interval timers, defined in . The getitimer() call returns the current value for the timer specified in which in the structure at value. The set... |
timerclear(3) -- get/set value of interval timer
|
The system provides each process with three interval timers, defined in . The getitimer() call returns the current value for the timer specified in which in the structure at value. The set... |
timercmp(3) -- get/set value of interval timer
|
The system provides each process with three interval timers, defined in . The getitimer() call returns the current value for the timer specified in which in the structure at value. The set... |
timerisset(3) -- get/set value of interval timer
|
The system provides each process with three interval timers, defined in . The getitimer() call returns the current value for the timer specified in which in the structure at value. The set... |
timersub(3) -- get/set value of interval timer
|
The system provides each process with three interval timers, defined in . The getitimer() call returns the current value for the timer specified in which in the structure at value. The set... |
times(3) -- process times
|
This interface is obsoleted by getrusage(2) and gettimeofday(2). The times() function returns the value of time in CLK_TCKs of a second since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinate... |
timezone(3) -- return the timezone abbreviation
|
This interface is for compatibility only; it is impossible to reliably map timezone()'s arguments to a time zone abbreviation (see ctime(3)). The timezone() function returns a pointer to a time zone ... |
tmpfile(3) -- temporary file routines
|
The tmpfile() function returns a pointer to a stream associated with a file descriptor returned by the routine mkstemp(3). The created file is unlinked before tmpfile() returns, causing the file to be... |
tmpnam(3) -- temporary file routines
|
The tmpfile() function returns a pointer to a stream associated with a file descriptor returned by the routine mkstemp(3). The created file is unlinked before tmpfile() returns, causing the file to be... |
toascii(3) -- convert a byte to 7-bit ASCII
|
The toascii() function strips all but the low 7 bits from a letter, including parity or other marker bits. |
tolower(3) -- upper case to lower case letter conversion
|
The tolower() function converts an upper-case letter to the corresponding lower-case letter. The _tolower() function is identical to tolower() except that c must be an upper-case letter. |
top_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
top_row(3) -- set and get current_menu_item
|
The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). cur- rent_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row ... |
touchline(3) -- curses refresh control routines
|
The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes... |
touchwin(3) -- curses refresh control routines
|
The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes... |
toupper(3) -- lower case to upper case letter conversion
|
The toupper() function converts a lower-case letter to the corresponding upper-case letter. The _toupper() function is identical to toupper() except that c must be a lower-case letter. |
tparam(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
tparm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
tputs(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
|
These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ... |
tree(3) -- implementations of splay and redblack trees
|
These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ... |
tsearch(3) -- manipulate binary search trees
|
The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ... |
ttyname(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor
|
These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal type devices. These descriptors are not related to the standard I/O FILE typedef, but refer to the special device files found in /de... |
ttyname_r(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor
|
These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal type devices. These descriptors are not related to the standard I/O FILE typedef, but refer to the special device files found in /de... |
ttyslot(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor
|
These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal type devices. These descriptors are not related to the standard I/O FILE typedef, but refer to the special device files found in /de... |
twalk(3) -- manipulate binary search trees
|
The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ... |
typeahead(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
tzset(3) -- initialize time conversion information
|
tzset() uses the value of the environment variable TZ to set time conversion information used by localtime(3). If TZ does not appear in the environment, the best available approximation to local wall ... |
tzsetwall(3) -- initialize time conversion information
|
tzset() uses the value of the environment variable TZ to set time conversion information used by localtime(3). If TZ does not appear in the environment, the best available approximation to local wall ... |
ualarm(3) -- schedule signal after specified time
|
This is a simplified interface to setitimer(2). The ualarm() function waits a count of microseconds before asserting the terminating signal SIGALRM. System activity or time used in processing the call... |
uname(3) -- get system identification
|
The uname() function stores null-terminated strings of information identifying the current system into the structure referenced by name. The utsname structure is defined in the header ... |
uncompress(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
unctrl(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
|
The unctrl macro expands to a character string which is a printable representation of the character c. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are displayed as is. The... |
ungetc(3) -- un-get character from input stream
|
The ungetc() function pushes the character c (converted to an unsigned char) back onto the input stream pointed to by stream. The pushed-backed characters will be returned by subsequent reads on the s... |
ungetch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
|
The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst... |
ungetmouse(3) -- mouse interface through curses
|
These functions provide an interface to mouse events from curses(3). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mouse... |
unpost_form(3) -- write or erase forms from associated subwindows
|
The function post_form displays a form to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c... |
unpost_menu(3) -- write or erase menus from associated subwindows
|
The function post_menu displays a menu to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c... |
unsetenv(3) -- environment variable functions
|
These functions set, unset, and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended... |
untouchwin(3) -- curses refresh control routines
|
The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes... |
unvis(3) -- decode a visual representation of characters
|
The unvis() and strunvis() functions are used to decode a visual representation of characters, as produced by the vis(3) function, back into the original form. unvis() is called with successive charac... |
update_panels(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
|
Panels are curses(3) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or ... |
usbhid(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTIONÂ Â Â Â [Toc]Â Â Â Â [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data laid out in a device dependent way. The usb... |
user_from_uid(3) -- cache password and group entries
|
The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If... |
use_default_colors(3) -- use terminal's default colors
|
The use_default_colors() and assume_default_colors() functions are extensions to the curses library. They are used with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent. These terminals allow the ... |
use_env(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
|
The unctrl macro expands to a character string which is a printable representation of the character c. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are displayed as is. The... |
use_extended_names(3) -- miscellaneous curses extensions
|
These functions are extensions to the curses library which do not fit easily into other categories. Use curses_version() to get the version number, including patch level of the library, e.g., 5.0.1999... |
usleep(3) -- suspend execution for interval of microseconds
|
The usleep() function suspends execution of the calling process for microseconds microseconds of time. System activity or time spent in processing the call may lengthen the sleep slightly. This routin... |
utime(3) -- set file times
|
This interface is obsoleted by utimes(2). The utime() function sets the access and modification times of the named file. If timep is NULL, the access and modification times are set to the current time... |
uucplock(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device
|
The uu_lock() function attempts to create a lock file called /var/spool/lock/LCK.. with a suffix given by the passed ttyname. If the file already exists, it is expected to contain the process ID of th... |
uu_lock(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device
|
The uu_lock() function attempts to create a lock file called /var/spool/lock/LCK.. with a suffix given by the passed ttyname. If the file already exists, it is expected to contain the process ID of th... |
uu_lockerr(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device
|
The uu_lock() function attempts to create a lock file called /var/spool/lock/LCK.. with a suffix given by the passed ttyname. If the file already exists, it is expected to contain the process ID of th... |
uu_lock_txfr(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device
|
The uu_lock() function attempts to create a lock file called /var/spool/lock/LCK.. with a suffix given by the passed ttyname. If the file already exists, it is expected to contain the process ID of th... |
uu_unlock(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device
|
The uu_lock() function attempts to create a lock file called /var/spool/lock/LCK.. with a suffix given by the passed ttyname. If the file already exists, it is expected to contain the process ID of th... |
valloc(3) -- aligned memory allocation function
|
The valloc() function is obsoleted by the current version of malloc(3), which aligns page-sized and larger allocations. The valloc() function allocates size bytes aligned on a page boundary. It is imp... |
varargs(3) -- variable argument lists
|
A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh... |
vasprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
The printf() family of functions produce output according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, depend o... |
va_arg(3) -- variable argument lists
|
A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh... |
va_copy(3) -- variable argument lists
|
A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh... |
va_end(3) -- variable argument lists
|
A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh... |
va_start(3) -- variable argument lists
|
A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh... |
verr(3) -- formatted error messages
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, followed by a colon (`:') character and ... |
verrx(3) -- formatted error messages
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, followed by a colon (`:') character and ... |
vfprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
The printf() family of functions produce output according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, depend o... |
vfscanf(3) -- input format conversion
|
The scanf() family of functions read input according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, are stored th... |
vidattr(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
vidputs(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
|
These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func... |
vis(3) -- visually encode characters
|
The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated and a pointer to the end of the string is... |
vline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
|
The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. The argument ls is a character and attributes used for the left side of the border, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - b... |
vprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
The printf() family of functions produce output according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, depend o... |
vscanf(3) -- input format conversion
|
The scanf() family of functions read input according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, are stored th... |
vsnprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
The printf() family of functions produce output according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, depend o... |
vsprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
The printf() family of functions produce output according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, depend o... |
vsscanf(3) -- input format conversion
|
The scanf() family of functions read input according to the given format as described below. This format may contain ``conversion specifiers''; the results of such conversions, if any, are stored th... |
vsyslog(3) -- control system log
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (see sys... |
vsyslog_r(3) -- control system log
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (see sys... |
vwarn(3) -- formatted error messages
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, followed by a colon (`:') character and ... |
vwarnx(3) -- formatted error messages
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, followed by a colon (`:') character and ... |
vwprintw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
|
The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the ... |
vwscanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
|
The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssca... |
vw_printw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
|
The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the ... |
vw_scanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
|
The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssca... |
waddch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
|
The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad... |
waddchnstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
|
These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ... |
waddchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
|
These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ... |
waddnstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
|
These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a... |
waddstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
|
These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a... |
warn(3) -- formatted error messages
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, followed by a colon (`:') character and ... |
warnx(3) -- formatted error messages
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, followed by a colon (`:') character and ... |
wattroff(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
wattron(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
wattrset(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
wattr_get(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
wattr_off(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
wattr_on(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
wattr_set(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
wbkgd(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines
|
The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at... |
wbkgdset(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines
|
The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at... |
wborder(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
|
The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. The argument ls is a character and attributes used for the left side of the border, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - b... |
wchgat(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
wclear(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
|
The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ... |
wclrtobot(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
|
The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ... |
wclrtoeol(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
|
The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ... |
wcolor_set(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
wcursyncup(3) -- create curses windows
|
Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o... |
wdelch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window
|
These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the last character on the line is filled with a ... |
wdeleteln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
|
The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio... |
wechochar(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
|
The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad... |
wenclose(3) -- mouse interface through curses
|
These functions provide an interface to mouse events from curses(3). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mouse... |
werase(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
|
The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ... |
wgetch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
|
The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst... |
wgetnstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
|
The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ... |
wgetstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
|
The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ... |
whline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
|
The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. The argument ls is a character and attributes used for the left side of the border, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - b... |
winch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window
|
These routines return the character, of type chtype, at the current position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position, their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constant... |
winchnstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
|
These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ... |
winchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
|
These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ... |
winnstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
|
These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th... |
winsch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert the character ch before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possibility of the rightmost characte... |
winsdelln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
|
The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio... |
winsertln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
|
The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio... |
winsnstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi... |
winsstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
|
These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi... |
winstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
|
These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th... |
wmouse_trafo(3) -- mouse interface through curses
|
These functions provide an interface to mouse events from curses(3). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mouse... |
wmove(3) -- move curses window cursor
|
These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line y and column x. This routine does not move the physical cursor of the terminal until refresh is called. The position specified is rela... |
wnoutrefresh(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
|
The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t... |
wprintw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
|
The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the ... |
wredrawln(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
|
The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t... |
wrefresh(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
|
The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t... |
wresize(3) -- resize a curses window
|
The wresize function reallocates storage for a curses window to adjust its dimensions to the specified values. If either dimension is larger than the current values, the window's data is filled with ... |
wscanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
|
The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssca... |
wscrl(3) -- scroll a curses window
|
The scroll routine scrolls the window up one line. This involves moving the lines in the window data structure. As an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window is the entire screen, the phys... |
wsetscrreg(3) -- curses output options
|
These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin.... |
wstandend(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
wstandout(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
|
These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with wad- dch, waddstr and wprintw. At... |
wsyncdown(3) -- create curses windows
|
Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o... |
wsyncup(3) -- create curses windows
|
Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o... |
wtimeout(3) -- curses input options
|
Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro... |
wtouchln(3) -- curses refresh control routines
|
The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes... |
wvline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
|
The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. The argument ls is a character and attributes used for the left side of the border, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - b... |
xdr(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdrmem_create(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdrrec_create(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdrrec_endofrecord(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdrrec_eof(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdrrec_skiprecord(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdrstdio_create(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_accepted_reply(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
xdr_array(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_authunix_parms(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
xdr_bool(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_bytes(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_callhdr(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
xdr_callmsg(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
xdr_char(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_destroy(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_double(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_enum(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_float(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_free(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_getpos(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_inline(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_int(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_long(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_opaque(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_opaque_auth(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
xdr_pmap(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
xdr_pmaplist(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
xdr_pointer(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_reference(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_rejected_reply(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
xdr_replymsg(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
xdr_setpos(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_short(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_string(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_union(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_u_char(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_u_int(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_u_long(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_u_short(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_vector(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_void(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xdr_wrapstring(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. xdr_array() is a filter... |
xprt_register(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
xprt_unregister(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
These routines allow C programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server. Upon receipt of the packet, the s... |
y0(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
|
The functions j0() and j1() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the function jn() computes the Bessel function of the firs... |
y0f(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
|
The functions j0() and j1() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the function jn() computes the Bessel function of the firs... |
y1(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
|
The functions j0() and j1() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the function jn() computes the Bessel function of the firs... |
y1f(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
|
The functions j0() and j1() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the function jn() computes the Bessel function of the firs... |
yn(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
|
The functions j0() and j1() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the function jn() computes the Bessel function of the firs... |
ynf(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
|
The functions j0() and j1() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the function jn() computes the Bessel function of the firs... |
ypclnt(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
yperr_string(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
ypprot_err(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
yp_all(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
yp_bind(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
yp_first(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
yp_get_default_domain(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
yp_master(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
yp_match(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
yp_next(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
yp_order(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
yp_unbind(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
zlibCompileFlags(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
zlibVersion(3) -- zlib general purpose compression library
|
This manual page describes the zlib general purpose compression library, version 1.1.4. The zlib compression library provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity che... |
_Exit(3) -- perform normal program termination
|
The exit() and _Exit() functions terminate a process. Before termination, exit() performs the following operations in the order listed: 1. Call the functions registered with the atexit(3) function, in... |
_longjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by the ... |
_setjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by the ... |
_tolower(3) -- upper case to lower case letter conversion
|
The tolower() function converts an upper-case letter to the corresponding lower-case letter. The _tolower() function is identical to tolower() except that c must be an upper-case letter. |
_toupper(3) -- lower case to upper case letter conversion
|
The toupper() function converts a lower-case letter to the corresponding upper-case letter. The _toupper() function is identical to toupper() except that c must be a lower-case letter. |